Business RadioX ®

  • Home
  • Business RadioX ® Communities
    • Southeast
      • Alabama
        • Birmingham
      • Florida
        • Orlando
        • Pensacola
        • South Florida
        • Tampa
        • Tallahassee
      • Georgia
        • Atlanta
        • Cherokee
        • Forsyth
        • Greater Perimeter
        • Gwinnett
        • North Fulton
        • North Georgia
        • Northeast Georgia
        • Rome
        • Savannah
      • Louisiana
        • New Orleans
      • North Carolina
        • Charlotte
        • Raleigh
      • Tennessee
        • Chattanooga
        • Nashville
      • Virginia
        • Richmond
    • South Central
      • Arkansas
        • Northwest Arkansas
    • Midwest
      • Illinois
        • Chicago
      • Michigan
        • Detroit
      • Minnesota
        • Minneapolis St. Paul
      • Missouri
        • St. Louis
      • Ohio
        • Cleveland
        • Columbus
        • Dayton
    • Southwest
      • Arizona
        • Phoenix
        • Tucson
        • Valley
      • Texas
        • Austin
        • Dallas
        • Houston
    • West
      • California
        • Bay Area
        • LA
        • Pasadena
      • Colorado
        • Denver
      • Hawaii
        • Oahu
  • FAQs
  • About Us
    • Our Mission
    • Our Audience
    • Why It Works
    • What People Are Saying
    • BRX in the News
  • Resources
    • BRX Pro Tips
    • B2B Marketing: The 4Rs
    • High Velocity Selling Habits
    • Why Most B2B Media Strategies Fail
    • 9 Reasons To Sponsor A Business RadioX ® Show
  • Partner With Us
  • Veteran Business RadioX ®

Decision Vision Episode 130: Should I Forgive? – An Interview with Brandon Lee, FunnelAmplified

August 19, 2021 by John Ray

FunnelAmplified
Decision Vision
Decision Vision Episode 130: Should I Forgive? - An Interview with Brandon Lee, FunnelAmplified
Loading
00:00 /
RSS Feed
Share
Link
Embed

Download file

FunnelAmplified

Decision Vision Episode 130:  Should I Forgive? – An Interview with Brandon Lee, FunnelAmplified

Shouldn’t this question be addressed in a personal or spiritual context instead of on a business podcast? No, says Brandon Lee, CEO of FunnelAmplified, because forgiveness is integral and essential not just to our personal lives but in business as well. In a riveting conversation, Brandon and Decision Vision host Mike Blake discussed Brandon’s own stories of forgiveness, what forgiveness is and isn’t, the impact on his professional and personal life, and much more.  Decision Vision is presented by Brady Ware & Company.

FunnelAmplified

FunnelAmplified is the first digital and social engagement platform for sales teams.

It was built for the enterprises designed to work with your existing tools to amplify sales and marketing efforts for your organization by enabling and facilitating social selling. The system amplifies social selling content, reach buyer enablement, and it does it with today’s modern buyer journey in mind.

Company website | LinkedIn

Brandon Lee,  Founder &. CEO, FunnelAmplified

FunnelAmplified
Brandon Lee, Founder & CEO, FunnelAmplified

Brandon’s passion is helping sales reps and teams use their digital presence and behavior on social media to build influence, establish trust, generate a large network, and use all of that to create conversations that lead to business opportunities.

When he is not working, Brandon is chasing his wife, Megan, around. They’ve been married for 22 years and have five children. Their kids are growing into young adults and it’s been an amazing time of life. Their fifth is a bit younger than the others so they will truly never be empty nesters. That’s okay. Brandon’s family is some of his favorite people in the world.

LinkedIn

Mike Blake, Brady Ware & Company

Mike Blake, Host of the “Decision Vision” podcast series

Michael Blake is the host of the Decision Vision podcast series and a Director of Brady Ware & Company. Mike specializes in the valuation of intellectual property-driven firms, such as software firms, aerospace firms, and professional services firms, most frequently in the capacity as a transaction advisor, helping clients obtain great outcomes from complex transaction opportunities. He is also a specialist in the appraisal of intellectual properties as stand-alone assets, such as software, trade secrets, and patents.

Mike has been a full-time business appraiser for 13 years with public accounting firms, boutique business appraisal firms, and an owner of his own firm. Prior to that, he spent 8 years in venture capital and investment banking, including transactions in the U.S., Israel, Russia, Ukraine, and Belarus.

LinkedIn | Facebook | Twitter | Instagram

Brady Ware & Company

Brady Ware & Company is a regional full-service accounting and advisory firm which helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality. Brady Ware services clients nationally from its offices in Alpharetta, GA; Columbus and Dayton, OH; and Richmond, IN. The firm is growth-minded, committed to the regions in which they operate, and most importantly, they make significant investments in their people and service offerings to meet the changing financial needs of those they are privileged to serve. The firm is dedicated to providing results that make a difference for its clients.

Decision Vision Podcast Series

Decision Vision is a podcast covering topics and issues facing small business owners and connecting them with solutions from leading experts. This series is presented by Brady Ware & Company. If you are a decision-maker for a small business, we’d love to hear from you. Contact us at decisionvision@bradyware.com and make sure to listen to every Thursday to the Decision Vision podcast.

Past episodes of Decision Vision can be found at decisionvisionpodcast.com. Decision Vision is produced and broadcast by the North Fulton studio of Business RadioX®.

Connect with Brady Ware & Company:

Website | LinkedIn | Facebook | Twitter | Instagram

TRANSCRIPT

Intro: [00:00:01] Welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast series focusing on critical business decisions. Brought to you by Brady Ware & Company. Brady Ware is a regional full service accounting and advisory firm that helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality.

Mike Blake: [00:00:21] Welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast giving you, the listener, clear vision to make great decisions. In each episode, we discuss the process of decision making on a different topic from the business owners’ or executives’ perspective. We aren’t necessarily telling you what to do, but we can put you in a position to make an informed decision on your own and understand when you might need help along the way.

Mike Blake: [00:00:42] My name is Mike Blake, and I’m your host for today’s program. I’m a director at Brady Ware & Company, a full service accounting firm based in Dayton, Ohio, with offices in Dayton; Columbus, Ohio; Richmond, Indiana; and Alpharetta, Georgia. Brady Ware is sponsoring this podcast, which is being recorded in Atlanta per social distancing protocols. If you would like to engage with me on social media with my Chart of the Day and other content, I’m on LinkedIn as myself and @unblakeable on Facebook, Twitter, Clubhouse, and Instagram. If you like this podcast, please subscribe on your favorite podcast aggregator, and please consider leaving a review of the podcast as well.

Mike Blake: [00:01:18] Today’s topic is, Should I forgive? A simple topic to state, not an easy one to cover. And you might be thinking, “Why are we covering something like this? This doesn’t sound like a hard core business topic.” And, you know, maybe you’re right. And trust me, I’m not turning this into the spiritual karma podcast. There are plenty out there that do a much better job than I’ll ever do. And, honestly, if I’m the least, I’m not that overly a spiritual person.

Mike Blake: [00:01:55] But, you know, I do sort of have a personal mantra, which I’ve had for a long time, which is care, serve, and forgive. And I found that if I do those three things, then not only does that help me be successful, it helps other human beings be successful, it helps me be centered and feel good about what I’m doing at any given point in time, particularly when things get tough.

Mike Blake: [00:02:21] And forgive is in there and it’s on this podcast because unless you’ve been in business for a grand total of 6 minutes and 19 seconds, something has happened to you and your professional career for which you have an opportunity to forgive someone. Somebody may have wronged you intentionally. Somebody may have wronged you unintentionally. Somebody may have given you their perception that they’ve wronged you, and that may or may not ultimately be true and you may or may not have closure on that.

Mike Blake: [00:02:58] But as somebody in my position where I don’t do litigation, but I do dispute resolution, I mediate disputes, I can’t tell you how many companies are broken up, how many families are broken up simply because one or multiple parties we’re just unable to find it in themselves to forgive. And often things that, to me, sounded really in the greater scheme of things relatively trivial. And I don’t want to trivialize anybody’s pain, that’s not the point. But, also, when a third party examines a fact pattern, there’s a different perception of the fact pattern, and the impact of that fact pattern than if you’re sort of in there and living it in the moment.

Mike Blake: [00:03:55] And I think that’s why forgiveness is so difficult. There’s the saying, to err is human, to forgive divine. For a long time, humanity has understood that the act of forgiveness is one of the most important and one of the most difficult and challenging things that we can do. And, you know, as I think our guest will touch on, I think – I have some idea of how this conversation is going to go, but I can’t tell you that I know exactly we’re going to talk about how and when.

Mike Blake: [00:04:24] But one thing that I think is going to come out is that there is a cost to not forgiving. I mean, there’s a cost to forgiving, too. But it’s a different kind of cost and the cost, frankly, is front loaded. But there’s a cost to not forgiving. And, frankly, I’m not sure if the younger you are, the greater the cost is or the older you are, the greater the cost is. I think you can make a case for either one. But the point is, is that, chances are, somebody in your business life has given rise to an opportunity for forgiveness.

Mike Blake: [00:05:04] And there’s a very good chance that something like that has occurred in the last 18 months as we’re in this – I used to call it the trans-pandemic period. I now call it the inter-pandemic period because it looks like we’ve left one or entering at least one more, unfortunately. Times are tough. People are not necessarily at their level best all the time. I’m certainly not. I’ve certainly done and said things that I wish I could take back and I’ve sought forgiveness. And other people have done the same with me. But it is not easy.

Mike Blake: [00:05:34] And, you know, I just hope that a conversation like this and talking to our guest, who really has just such a compelling story, and such an air of class about how he tells it, and his willingness to kind of not filter, and kind of really be raw about it is going to help gain more insight than I could ever provide or even attempt to provide on my own.

Mike Blake: [00:05:59] And so, joining us to help us with this topic is Brandon Lee, who’s Founder and CEO of FunnelAmplified, also a bunch of other companies. But I know he doesn’t want me to do a big intro. But I will say that FunnelAmplified is the first digital and social engagement platform for sales teams. It was built for the enterprises designed to work with your existing tools to amplify sales and marketing efforts for your organization by enabling and facilitating social selling. The system amplifies social selling content, reach buyer enablement, and it does it with today’s modern buyer journey in mind.

Mike Blake: [00:06:35] Brandon’s passion – I think he has multiple ones – is helping sales reps and teams use their digital presence and behavior on social media to build influence, establish trust, generate a large network, and use all of that to create conversations that lead to business opportunities. When he is not working, Brandon is chasing – and he used that in his LinkedIn profile, so I think I have implicit permission – his wife, Megan, around. I assume in a positive way. They’ve been married for 22 years and have five children. Their kids are growing into young adults and it’s been an amazing time of life. Their fifth is a bit younger than the others so they will truly never be empty nesters. That’s okay. Brandon’s family is some of his favorite people in the world.

Mike Blake: [00:07:18] When you connect with Brandon, just mention anything about parenting, awesome marriages, the English Premier League, Oregon Pinot Noir – so I guess he’s a big Erath fan – or great cigars and you will capture his attention for a fun conversation. He is also a man that seeks to love God and be loved by God. And he’s cohost of the Social Your Sales podcast. Brandon Lee, welcome to the program.

Brandon Lee: [00:07:43] Mike, thank you so much for having me. I appreciate being here.

Mike Blake: [00:07:47] So, you know, let’s dive into it. I asked you to be on this podcast because you posted such an awesome story about forgiveness on LinkedIn. Not Facebook, but on LinkedIn. We normally don’t see that stuff. We’re not supposed to really open the emotional kimono to show people who we are. It’s all supposed to be buttoned up and sterile. You don’t talk about politics, religion, any of that stuff. And you put it on LinkedIn. But I can’t do justice to it. Can you tell us about your forgiveness story, please?

Brandon Lee: [00:08:24] Yeah. Absolutely. And before I jump into that, I’ll tell you that that post has been my most engaged post in the past month. It’s, you know, up over 15,000 views. It’s like 100 and almost 200 likes and pushing to a hundred comments. And I think it’s because there’s a big need for this conversation. And I do find that it is a hard conversation. It is a hard topic. And I’ve had so many direct messages from people that want to share their own story, and deal with it, and parent issues, and whatnot. And it just shows me that, you know, social media is a great place for us to be able to have complete conversations, not just, you know, put our title out there, but to actually be a human being.

Brandon Lee: [00:09:20] So, my forgiveness story started young and, you know, I’m very careful the way that I explain this, because I do start it with my dad had a harder dad relationship than I did. And so, this isn’t a point fingers blame and be a victim. For me, over time, it just became the reality that there was a lot of pain. There was a lot of hurt. There was a lot of brokenness. There was a lot of just crap, to be honest, that I picked up, I adopted, I incorporated into my life. And the way that I was going to get rid of those things that affected me and made me be a person I didn’t always want to be started with forgiveness.

Mike Blake: [00:10:18] So, I like to delve into that, because, you know, you highlighted something that I passed on very briefly. You know, the cost of not forgiving can be pretty insidious, can’t it? Because it creates this burden. And I get the sense from you that it carried a very powerful burden on you, and then by extension, maybe on people that you cared about.

Brandon Lee: [00:10:45] Yeah. I mean, it affected all areas of my life. It affected the way I showed up with my wife in our marriage, and with my kids, and, of course, in business, and with my team, with customers, with the industry. I didn’t realize for so long because I just thought, “Oh, you know, this is just the way life is. This is the way I am.” That I had a choice. I didn’t have to be that way. And I had some hardness. I had some walls. I had some hardness. I had some areas that I didn’t like the way I reacted or I didn’t like the way I showed up. I didn’t like how defensive I got and how defensiveness turned me into more aggressive. And there’s never been physical abuse or anything with my wife and I.

Brandon Lee: [00:11:38] It was just attitude for my part and a lack of forgiveness and taking things personal. And, you know, when people behave in a certain way – and it doesn’t matter if it’s a customer, if it’s a vendor, if it’s a spouse, if it’s children – my tendency, because of the stuff that I carried, adopted, and lead me, I took a lot of stuff personal. Like, they were personal attacks, or personally making decisions to harm me, to whatever against me. And the reality is it’s just not true.

Brandon Lee: [00:12:17] Like, everybody carries their own stuff in life and they make decisions for their different reasons. And, you know, 99.9 percent of the time people make decisions. Yeah, they may influence me and they may influence me negatively, but they’re not making it to be negative to me. But that was something that I carried for a lot of years. And I know that it influenced, as I say, the way I showed up.

Brandon Lee: [00:12:43] And, you know, I’m a technology guy. And so, when I became aware of this, I started looking at Brandon 1.0 needed an upgrade. And I wanted to take a look at what did I need to do to create that upgrade and continual upgrades. And when I unpeeled and got into a lot of things, I realized that there was a lot of anger, there was a lot of bitterness, there was a lot of frustration, there was some victim thinking. And these were all things that didn’t serve me well. And they were, if you will, pieces of code that couldn’t go into 2.0. Like, they had to be stripped out because 2.0 wasn’t going to function the way I wanted it to function with that garbage code in there.

Mike Blake: [00:13:32] So, I mean, that’s a fascinating way to put it. One, I noticed you said it’s 2.0, not 1.1.

Brandon Lee: [00:13:38] Good jumps. You have to take good jumps.

Mike Blake: [00:13:38] That implies a wholesale version change, not simply a series of upgrades and DLC. But, also, my experience with scenarios such as yours is, you know, people who do grow up in an abusive environment naturally do have those psychological outcomes. It’s a natural way that your brain is wired because of fear, because of the lack of validation that we need from our parents, at least from time to time. I do agree there’s a line between validation and enabling, but that’s a different podcast. But you can also be very clearly on one side of the line or the other. Not every case is grey. Some cases are clearly, you know, black and white.

Mike Blake: [00:14:38] And the question I want to ask you is this, which is, in some cases, some people deal with that through spirituality, right? They find it in God, they find a new universe, nature, whatever their belief system is. Some people find it through, frankly, self-medication of some kind. Some people find it through self-help or psychological therapy. And I don’t know to what extent any of those were involved in your life, and you can choose to share that or not.

Mike Blake: [00:15:18] But you took a path of, I think, confronting. Confronting the root cause, which is, I think, extremely hard, because you’re not just forgiving, but you’re actually also confronting something which historically have been very threatening. And being able to do that ain’t easy. And there are probably other options – I’m not a professional psychologist – available to you to kind of address or rewrite that code to Brandon 2.0. Why did you choose the path of forgiveness versus others? Or did you choose others as well? Was it sort of a package deal?

Brandon Lee: [00:16:04] Yeah. That’s a great question. So, it was definitely a package deal for me. But forgiveness, for me, I feel like it was the door that led to the other areas for me. I have a friend of mine who has a nonprofit on forgiveness. And I’ve been on his board and I’ve learned a lot from him. You know, I encountered him later after I was in this journey. And that’s why I was drawn to it, because I had already experienced the value of forgiveness for myself.

Brandon Lee: [00:16:44] But he’s got this great story that he tells, which is, when you don’t forgive, you’re walking around with a backpack that’s filled with crap, like stinky, smelly, rotten crap. And it affects every conversation that you have. Because when you walk up, there’s a stench, if you will. And when we don’t deal with our own forgiveness, it influences the way that we show up, the way that we respond, the things that we say, the willingness to give people the benefit of the doubt, so many things like that.

Brandon Lee: [00:17:26] So, for me, forgiveness was a door that had to be opened. And then, once I opened it, I started to realize a lot of the things that I say I adopted through the situations that I was in as a kid. And those things that I adopted were, you know, you’ve got to defend yourself. I mean, I did. I grew up with a lot of fear. And so, when things felt attacking, my response was to attack back. And it didn’t lead to great decisions. A lot of times that response hurt me more than it could help me. And it added a bunch of emotion. It added a bunch of anger, and frustration, and stress, and things that don’t serve anybody well.

Brandon Lee: [00:18:19] So, you know, the root of mine was spiritual. I do consider myself a man of faith. I do consider myself somebody who tries to do my best to first let God love me, because I think that’s really hard for a lot of people to even think about being worthy of that. And then, secondly, to respond to that by being a forgiving, loving, kind, supportive, encouraging person to other people. And that’s all rooted in my faith in Christ.

Brandon Lee: [00:18:54] And I don’t mean to downplay my faith as much as it didn’t end there. You know, it’s not like you become a believer in some whatever religion and all of a sudden it’s all hunky dory. It’s just not true. It took a lot of digging. It took a lot of work. It took a lot of reflection. And that’s, where you’re saying, the hard work. And it sucks. It’s freaking hard.

Brandon Lee: [00:19:18] Like, looking at things and going, “Okay. Why do I respond this way?” And when you start unveiling things like, “Well, it makes me angry.” “Okay. Why does it make you angry?” And you go, “Well, it feels like a personal attack. It feels this way. It feels that way.” And when I came to the conclusion and realized that I can choose my feelings, that was a big eye opener for me that I didn’t have to choose. There’s a lot of responses I could have. And I could choose joy. I could choose peace. I could choose encouragement and loving. I could be kind to people. I didn’t have to choose those negative responses.

Brandon Lee: [00:20:02] It started to change the way I saw things first. And then, it put me on a path of going, “Okay. Now, I’ve got to rework my go-to behaviours.” Our human brain wants to be efficient. And we learn how to respond to things. That’s like stereotypes and just learned behavior, “If this happens, I do this.” And it’s really hard to take a step back and go, “I don’t want to respond that way anymore. So, how do I do this?” And there’s a lot of failure in that. There’s got to be a lot of forgiveness with yourself. There’s got to be a lot of grace with yourself. And realize that there’s a lot of times I’ve had to go up to people in my family, especially, and outside my family and say, “You know what? I really screwed up.” And not I’m sorry, but the humility of saying, “Will you forgive me?” took it to a level for me that had a ton of changes.

Mike Blake: [00:21:05] What a fascinatingly powerful thing to say. On a superficial level, the difference between I apologize and will you forgive me is conveying the same sentiment. But on the other hand, one is a much more vulnerable position. I apologize takes ownership, which is fine. In some cases, that may be sufficient. But then, asking for forgiveness, that’s really interesting. That’s a fascinating spiritual question we could talk a whole hour on. I just want to point that out, because I think that’s a really important sort of bullet point here.

Brandon Lee: [00:21:50] Yeah. And you know why I think it’s important, and maybe I’m getting too philosophical here, but this is what I thought through, when you ask someone for forgiveness, there’s a humility to it and there’s a respect for the other person. And I feel like respect has gotten pushed to the side in our culture. There’s actually a lot of disrespect. If I disagree with you, it gives me a right to disrespect you. And, unfortunately, it’s one of the downsides of social media and the Internet.

Brandon Lee: [00:22:25] But to humble ourselves to a point of saying, “Hey, I wronged you.” and to say, “Will you forgive me?” And, you know, we have a rule in our family, and the rule was, “Don’t say yes unless you really mean it.” And if you need more time, that’s okay. You can say, “I hear you. I understand. And I’m just not ready to forgive you yet.” And to be okay with that because everybody’s got a process and deal with this stuff in their own way. And, you know, what I’ve learned inside my family is that I can be okay with letting it sit until they’re ready to forgive me, because I know it’s going to happen. But it may not happen right now. And I used to take it as, “Well, if you’re not going to forgive me, then I’m going to go back on the attack.”

Mike Blake: [00:23:18] Right. Which is, I mean, when you sort of step back, that’s a very selfish position to take, right? If you’re not going to give me instant gratification, I don’t want it anyway. I mean, it completely undermines the genuineness of the request.

Brandon Lee: [00:23:37] Sorry. Go ahead.

Mike Blake: [00:23:37] No. Go ahead. I want you to talk. Not me.

Brandon Lee: [00:23:40] No. I was going to say that I talk a lot about in my personal life with my wife, my kids, close friends. But it has a direct impact in our business life and how we respond to people in business. You don’t act one way at home and then act totally different at work. You can act somewhat different, but the roots are the same. And when you want to respond by feeling attacked or you want to attack when attacked, it’s going to play out in other areas of our lives.

Brandon Lee: [00:24:14] And it doesn’t serve us well in that environment either, especially where you’re around people that are less likely to forgive you because they’re not your family. They don’t have to live with you every day. They can say, “You know what? Forget you, write you off, and you’re done.” Or you’re the one that says, “You know what? Forget you, write them off, and you’re done.” And that doesn’t do anyone any good.

Brandon Lee: [00:24:35] I mean, the core of our businesses is our influence, our network, the quality of that network and the influence. And if we have a path of destruction behind us, it means we’re limiting our own network, our own influence, our own ability to go back to somebody in three years or two years or six months and go, “Hey, we had a great experience together and now I’m doing this.” You know, either, (A) Will you introduce me to this person? Or (B), Would you take a look at it and give me feedback? Or whatever it may be. You blew that bridge up.

Brandon Lee: [00:25:14] And if you blow that bridge up, it hurts your business. And it all hurt because you’re carrying hurts and pains and tendencies to act in a certain way because you haven’t dealt with the underlying stuff, which is, “You know what? I got dealt bad cards. It sucked. Now, I have a choice of either getting a new deck and showing up differently or letting the hand that I was dealt continue to cause destruction in my life.”

Mike Blake: [00:25:45] When you approach this forgiveness plan – after this question, we’re going to get into some of the specifics that, I think, the timeline is really important – I am curious, I want to ask this before I forget. And that is, can you make a habit of forgiveness? Does forgiving once on something make it easier to forgive things that are completely unrelated just because you start to adopt a forgiveness mindset that that’s just now on the table?

Brandon Lee: [00:26:13] That’s a really good question. I think it does. I mean, it’s not always a one plus one equals two world, right? It’s two steps forward, one back; Two forward, three back. You know, there’s different triggers. There’s different places of our persona that we want to protect, that when they’re attacked, we respond differently. But I do think that what I’ve noticed is, once I started to be aware of taking that backpack off and not showing up with the stench of attack when attacked that so many different situations just played out better.

Brandon Lee: [00:27:06] I mean, a lot of times people act in a certain way because of their own brokenness. And they don’t even realize or see the influence it had on you or the effect that it had on you. And if you respond in attack mode, all of a sudden, you’re both duked up protecting yourself and neither one of you really know what the heck started it in the first place. I mean, if you want, you can go down that path of like, “Oh, well. He did -” But it just doesn’t do any good. And I mean, I’m going to throw this curveball out there because this is probably going to be – and maybe I’m just cutting you to the chase, and I’m sorry if I do that. Will you forgive me, Mike?

Mike Blake: [00:27:49] I will. There’s nothing to forgive. Just keep talking. You’re saying awesome things. Just keep talking, man.

Brandon Lee: [00:27:54] Yeah. I have a business partner now, who in a previous business 15 years ago had embezzled from me.

Mike Blake: [00:28:07] No kidding.

Brandon Lee: [00:28:09] And over time, as we both went down our own paths separately and came to a place of – and what I realized was there was a lot of stuff that was driving his behavior, and his decisions, and his own insecurities, and his own stuff that it wasn’t about money. It was about other things. And I don’t want to get too deep and tell someone else’s story. But, you know, years later, it started with an ask of, “Hey, I screwed up. I did you wrong. Will you forgive me?” And it was, “Absolutely. What’s happened in your life? What’s going on?”

Brandon Lee: [00:28:59] And there was a share of these are some of the things that I’ve learned about myself, and some of the behavior that I had, and what I did, and how it played out. And it wasn’t, like, immediately. We didn’t just jump right into it. But about three years later, after working on restoring the relationship, rebuilding trust, getting to know each other as a new, you know, I’m working on 2.0 version, I got to the point where I thought, “You know what? We did good together before. Yes. I know I’m opening myself up to a potential issue again. Fool me once, shame on you. Fool me twice, shame on me.” But you know what? I think that life and people calls for second chances.

Brandon Lee: [00:29:47] And, you know, he is one of my partners in a current business, and I’m excited. I’m really excited when this business gets to a point that has, you know, maybe more popularity, more recognition, that one of the stories we’re going to share is about our own story of forgiveness. Because here’s the thing, I had to ask him for forgiveness, too, because my response to his behavior wasn’t good either. And I had to own my response to it no matter what he did. I wasn’t proud of my response, my behavior, my attack, my attacking his character, and other things because that’s not who I want to be. And so, I’m excited for that.

Brandon Lee: [00:30:35] And I’m sure there’s a lot of people shaking their heads. There’s a lot of people thinking that’s really unwise, stupid, ignorant, whatever. But you know what? I guess part of being an innovative technology guy means I can be innovative with forgiveness, too. And, you know, so far it’s been a good five, six years and things are going well.

Mike Blake: [00:30:59] Well, I mean, what a fascinating story. I did not know any of that until you just said it. But it’s illustrative of why I wanted to talk about this in the podcast, because you do have opportunities to forgive people in a business context that can be very meaningful to your career. And it sounds like you’re very happy with that partnership 2.0, and the cost of being unable to forgive, and I guess seek forgiveness as well would have been the missed opportunity to enter into that partnership. And both you and I have been around the block once or twice. We both know that finding a good business partner is not easy. It is not a commodity.

Brandon Lee: [00:31:43] Right. Well, I mean, here’s the other thing we all got to think about, do you, as an individual – and I’m speaking to myself as well – do you want to be known for the worst decision you made, for the worst behavior you made? Or would you appreciate and be grateful for people to forgive you because you recognized later that it was a bad decision. You shouldn’t have done it. And a genuine sense of remorse or a genuine sense of, “I want to grow from this.” Not just a, “Hey. I’m sorry. Can we move on?” You know, there’s a difference there. And that’s why, I mean, it was three years of rebuilding, rebuilding trust and other relational debt.

Brandon Lee: [00:32:36] And when I thought about it for me, like, I made some stupid decisions in life. I’ve done some stupid things. And I don’t want to be remembered for those things. And I hope that people don’t hold those things against me for the rest of my life because maybe I was a different person back then or I hadn’t grown up yet, I wasn’t as mature, whatever it may be.

Mike Blake: [00:32:59] Well, don’t we also want to be remembered and known as somebody who offers forgiveness. You know, sort of the hard headed one and done kind of mentality plays well, I think, on TV and Hollywood. And I think it plays well because in those stories, actors are basically avatars for the aggressions of the people watching. But when it comes right down to it, don’t the best people want to work for somebody like you in that regard, that you have the space to screw up, basically. And there’s some reasonable path to redemption as opposed to one and done.

Mike Blake: [00:33:52] And don’t you want that person having your back? Don’t you want that person being your vendor, your supporter, your adviser, whatever it is? And I suspect this wasn’t really explicit in your mindset. This is more of an internal conversation. But there’s nothing wrong with forgiveness also having sort of collateral benefits elsewhere, right?

Brandon Lee: [00:34:20] Yeah. Absolutely. I mean, life is integral, right? None of this stuff sits in its own little compartment.

Mike Blake: [00:34:33] It’s integral. And to that extent, it’s also nonlinear. That’s the other part that’s really important.

Brandon Lee: [00:34:40] Yeah. And, you know, I’ve got a story with somebody that worked for me years ago. A good guy. You know, this is pre-social media days. And he was responsible for marketing. And we had a brochure that we were creating. And it went through all the editing routes and, you know, grammar check and spell check and all that. And the first go around, we get the printed brochures and there were two big typos. And the original final file didn’t have the typos. He had sent the wrong file. And go through it all, printer didn’t do a mistake. It was our mistake.

Brandon Lee: [00:35:27] So, you know, we owned it and we had a conversation. He wasn’t fired. It was an expensive mistake. But we said, “Okay. What do we need to do operationally to make sure this doesn’t take place again and blah, blah, blah.” And I think he was really, really nervous I was just going to come in and go, “You’re fired. Get the hell out of here.” And then, you know, six, seven months later, we went to reprint and, unfortunately, he sent the wrong file again. And that time I did fire him. But it wasn’t, “Get the hell out of here.” It was, “Hey, we put operations in place. This is the second time. You’re not paying attention to detail. We’re now 40 grand into mistakes and there’s just no room for it.” And, of course, nobody likes to get fired and say, “Oh, I get it. You’re right, I’m wrong.” There was frustration. There was fear. There was, you know, how am I going to provide for my family type stuff going on.

Brandon Lee: [00:36:34] But several years later, I got a message from him on LinkedIn and said, “Hey, would you be willing to jump on a call with me?” I said, “Absolutely.” We had a great conversation. He just said, “Hey, you know, I want you to know when I left, I was pissed. But I also want you to know now that you did the right thing. I totally get it. And that situation helped me become a better person. And here’s some things that have taken place in my work life, blah, blah, blah.” And he’s like, “I just want to thank you for that, for how you handled it. Not for firing me, but how you handled it.”

Brandon Lee: [00:37:09] And you know what? This may sound very cheesy. This may sound very Pollyanna. But I carry that conversation with him a lot, especially on hard days. And, you know, being an entrepreneur, being a business owner, it’s freaking hard and frustrating and all those things. But it’s some of those life experiences I have that make me proud, to be honest. They make me keep moving forward, keep wanting to treat people well, because you never know what is going on in their lives and you never know what impact you’re going to have on them. And then, therefore, their relationships and their family. It’s like that, you know, throwing the rock in the lake and watching all the the waves go out.

Mike Blake: [00:38:00] So, I think an interesting object lesson from that anecdote – and by the way, I think it’s really fascinating. I’m guessing in a way with some distance, he probably thought you did him a favor in the long run.

Brandon Lee: [00:38:19] And that was the conversation. Yeah.

Mike Blake: [00:38:21] Yeah. But there’s a difference between forgiveness and absence of consequence.

Brandon Lee: [00:38:29] Absolutely.

Mike Blake: [00:38:31] And just because you impose a necessary consequence, that doesn’t preclude forgiveness. You can still say I forgive you, but this isn’t about forgiveness. It’s about my business cannot afford to sustain this kind of error because it has a real monetary cost that imperils the business for everybody, and nonmonetary.

Brandon Lee: [00:38:57] Right. And nonmonetary. But, I mean, here’s the other thing, if we get back to forgiveness at the core, is, I’ve heard this said before, I mean, not forgiving somebody is like taking poison yourself and hoping that it hurts them. It festers inside of us. I mean, there’s a lot of data, there’s a lot of science around the lack of forgiveness, and bitterness, and anger, and what it does to our bodies and our life expectancy. I mean, all those things, they’re not doing us any good.

Brandon Lee: [00:39:34] So, if we don’t learn and figure out a way of forgiving – doesn’t mean forgetting – there’s still consequences, there’s still boundaries of things. You know, people don’t just, “Oh, yeah. Okay. You said I’m sorry. Let’s get back to normal.” Because they’re probably going to do it again in that circumstance. But, you know, forgiveness is as much for us and even more for us, I think, than it is for the other person.

Mike Blake: [00:40:03] I think that’s right. You know, I think you’re apt of sort of the manure laden backpack. The only thing I would add to it is, it also probably contains about 75 pounds of lead in addition to everything else. It is toxic because, to some extent, when you’re not ready to forgive, it’s a necessary defense mechanism. So, necessarily, it’s a protection from continuing to allow yourself to be injured to some extent. But then, you do reach a point at which that that protection is no longer necessary.

Mike Blake: [00:40:44] And, now, you’re simply, as you’ve described, sort of carrying this burden around that’s only costing you. That person that you let go has already moved on. They found another job. They’ve learned a lesson. Maybe they found a new job or a job they’re just better at that maybe is less detail oriented, whatever it is. But you’re still carrying that. And then, as you said, when you carry something like that that’s emotional, it’s very rare that it doesn’t leak out and impact other people because very few human beings can compartmentalize themselves to that extent.

Brandon Lee: [00:41:27] Yeah. Yeah. I think that’s well said, Mike.

Mike Blake: [00:41:32] So, we’ve completely gone off the script, which is fine. So, I’m just sort of carrying this conversation as we go on, which is great. In your mind, is there such a thing as conditional forgiveness? Or does all forgiveness have to be just unconditional?

Brandon Lee: [00:41:57] Well, I think there’s some semantics there that would need to be unpacked a little bit. Because I think there’s a process in forgiveness, too. And, I mean, there’s some really horrible things that have happened to people in the world that make it extremely difficult for them to forgive. And I’m not trying to make it light that, “Oh, everybody just go out and forgive the people who have done the most horrible, horrific things to you by any means.”

Mike Blake: [00:42:32] And if you don’t do that work, by the way, you’re not really forgiving, you’re just suppressing.

Brandon Lee: [00:42:36] Right. Absolutely. So, I think there is a process that people will go through. Some may go through it faster than others. Man, Mike, I don’t know how to answer that conditional versus unconditional. I do believe in boundaries. I do believe in protecting ourselves from repeat harm. Absolutely. I don’t think that forgiveness means people are right back where they were by any means. I think it’s the internal process of a person to say, “What am I still holding on to? How is it influencing my life?” Because at that point, it’s about you being healthy, not worried about them. It’s about you healing and moving forward in the best version of yourself possible. Because life throws some really crappy stuff at us.

Mike Blake: [00:43:49] We’re talking with Brandon Lee. And the topic is, Should I forgive? Let me ask you this, is there a downside to forgiveness?

Brandon Lee: [00:44:02] You know, I think there can be. I think forgiveness is, in my opinion, improperly defined is forgive, forget, and move forward. I think there can be a big downside to that. Man, it’s such a complex topic in everybody’s situation and where they came from, what circumstances, what was done to them, what’s their own ownership in it. It makes it extremely complex. You know, Mike, I don’t know if I’m qualified to answer that question. It would really make me worry to answer that question.

Mike Blake: [00:44:54] Well, yeah. I’m definitely not qualified. But this is the Internet, so that’s not going to stop me. Let me offer your position and I’ll just ask you to react to it.

Brandon Lee: [00:45:08] Okay.

Mike Blake: [00:45:08] I think that forgiveness can be harmful when it’s actually cloaking something else. For example, if forgiveness is really just a way of suppressing something, then I think that that does come. I think that may even be more harmful in certain cases. Or if forgiveness is attempting to trivialize a meaningful transgression or a meaningful crime, not from a civil code, but just a crime that somebody has inflicted upon you, a real harm, that if somebody trivializes that and attempts to make excuses for it in the name of helping you cope, I think that kind of forgiveness can be very damaging because I think that’s what sets you up for exploitation over time.

Brandon Lee: [00:46:10] Yeah. I think there’s a lot of wisdom in that, Mike. I think that, you know, I guess the question for me would be, is that truly forgiveness? Or is that, as you said, kind of masking what else is there? I think we, as humans, we make a lot of decisions to go the easiest route. And sometimes it’s easier just to say we forgive to try and get life back to where it was before or believe it’s where it was before. And I guess in that case, it’s not truly forgiveness, but it’s pretend forgiveness and that can be very harmful. I agree with you.

Mike Blake: [00:46:57] And then, to me, I think there is a risk to forgiveness. I mean, talk about your business partner, forgiveness could expose you to, basically, having the same thing happen to you again.

Brandon Lee: [00:47:12] Yeah. Yeah. It definitely can be played,

Mike Blake: [00:47:16] Yeah. As a finance guy, of course, I express everything in terms of that because it’s all I know. And the universal law of finance is that return potentially comes with high risk. And if you want that return, that’s just a risk that you have to take. And if you’re not willing to take that risk, you’re just not going to get that return.

Brandon Lee: [00:47:39] Yeah. Yeah. And there’s also wisdom in putting systems in place that have checks and balances and things like that. In my case, you know, more on the financial side. But in all circumstances, there’s the ability to forgive and move forward. And, also, to have it, you know, some cautiousness there. And then, I think a lot of that has to lead to ability to have a more honest, direct conversations. Because I think a lot of things that go bad start with – and, again, there’s so many things that people need to look at of whether they’re willing to forgive. And so, this is hard to make it a blanketed statement.

Brandon Lee: [00:48:25] But in a lot of relationships, there may have been behavior that wasn’t great, that wasn’t horrible, that somebody didn’t like, but they let it continue because they didn’t have the courage or the security to take it head on and say, “Okay. This isn’t inappropriate,” because they have their own fears or “If I say this, what would happen?” You know, there’s so many layers to it that it’s so hard, I can really share from my own experiences, but getting into some of those things, I just worry that I’m going to say something that sounds like, “Well, in my circumstance, it doesn’t make sense.” And they’re probably right.

Mike Blake: [00:49:11] Well, you know, it could be. I think our listeners understand at the end of the day, this is two guys talking and we may not know a darn thing. But I do think we have –

Brandon Lee: [00:49:21] I have a degree in this.

Mike Blake: [00:49:23] But I do think we’ve covered some interesting ground. And so, the last comment I’ll make, I’ll ask you to respond to and then we’ll let you go. We really put you through the intellectual wringer here. But, you know, you mentioned a system in your last response, and I think over time I’ve developed in a way a forgiveness system coming from Stephen Covey in The 7 Habits of Highly Effective People. Is it habit two? Whatever it is. One of the habits is, first seek to understand. And that whole concept changed my relationship with forgiveness.

Mike Blake: [00:50:09] Because, for me, only when I could put myself in the position of the transgressor and truly empathize with them, it’s really hard for me to forgive without that. But then, getting into the habit of that or having a system where I say, “Why did this happen? Was it truly personal? What might have been going on to let them do this?” It could be as simple as being in Atlanta and somebody cuts you off. You don’t know if that person just had a fight with her husband and just stormed out. Or if she’s late for work for six minutes and she’s going to lose her job. Or just a lousy driver. Not everybody can be at the far end of the bell curve when you’re a great driver. So, for me, that sort of became my forgiveness system.

Brandon Lee: [00:51:02] You know, a little anecdote on that, when I was in grad school and I was in Texas, I was actually out on a date. And I got off the highway and as I came up to the red light, I looked over and there’s this guy in a car next to me just going nuts. And, you know, I don’t know if I was thinking or what. I rolled my window down and he’s like, “You, blah, blah, blah. You cut me off, blah, blah, blah.” Like, “Oh, I am so sorry. I didn’t realize I did that.” And he keeps yelling and saying all this stuff. And I finally just stopped and I said, “Dude, I said I’m sorry. I didn’t see you. It wasn’t intentional. What do you want?” And he just kind of stopped and looked at me and left a final kind of eff you and rolled up his window and left.

Brandon Lee: [00:51:52] Then, I remember sitting there thinking, going, “I didn’t do it on purpose. I didn’t even realize. Like, I must have made a mistake. I didn’t see him. I cut him off. You know, I was on a date. I was probably distracted. Sorry, other driver.” But that had a big impact on me moving forward. And realizing that there’s a lot of times that people do things they don’t even realize they’re doing. And I have a big emotional response. And they’re oblivious to the fact that their behavior caused or was the cause of my response.

Mike Blake: [00:52:30] Yeah. And for all you know, that person years after reflecting says, “You know, I really overreacted. I wish I could say sorry to that guy.” For all you know, right?

Brandon Lee: [00:52:40] Yeah. Yeah. Exactly.

Mike Blake: [00:52:43] Brandon, this has been a fascinating conversation. I will say it is by far the most metaphysical one we’ve had on the show. And that’s not a criticism, by the way. It’s just a distinguishing feature. So, in the keywords, we’ll just put hash tag metaphysics, I guess.

Brandon Lee: [00:53:00] There you go.

Mike Blake: [00:53:00] But, you know, I think you have so much to teach people here. I suspect we’ve only scratched the surface. If there’s a part of this discussion that we didn’t touch upon, it didn’t go deep enough, can somebody contact you if they want to start a conversation with you? And if so, what’s the best way to do that?

Brandon Lee: [00:53:19] Yeah. Absolutely. So, LinkedIn is probably the best way. You can find me – and I want to change this – it’s Brandon Lee Social Selling is my LinkedIn handle. And as I’ve told you before, I hate the term social selling. But it’s been there for a while.

Mike Blake: [00:53:38] But there it is. Okay. Well, that’s going to wrap it up for today’s program. And I’d like to thank Brandon Lee so much for sharing his expertise with us.

Mike Blake: [00:53:46] We’ll be exploring a new topic each week, so please tune in so that when you’re faced with your next business decision, you have clear vision when making it. If you enjoy these podcasts, please consider leaving a review with your favorite podcast aggregator. It helps people find us that we can help them. If you like to engage with me on social media with my Chart of the Day and other content, I’m on LinkedIn as myself and @unblakeable on Facebook, Twitter, Clubhouse, and Instagram. Once again, this is Mike Blake. And our sponsor is Brady Ware & Company. And this has been the Decision Vision podcast.

 

Tagged With: Brady Ware, Brady Ware & Company, Brandon Lee, Decision Vision, forgiveness, FunnelAmplified, Mike Blake, power of forgiveness

Decision Vision Episode 119: Should I Return to In-Person Events? – An Interview with David Walens, Exploring, Inc.

June 3, 2021 by John Ray

Exploring, Inc.
Decision Vision
Decision Vision Episode 119: Should I Return to In-Person Events? - An Interview with David Walens, Exploring, Inc.
Loading
00:00 /
RSS Feed
Share
Link
Embed

Download file

Exploring, Inc.

Decision Vision Episode 119: Should I Return to In-Person Events? – An Interview with David Walens, Exploring, Inc.

Is it the right time to go back to in-person events? Is it the right time to schedule these events and how will they look? David Walens, CEO of Exploring, Inc. shared his observations and projections for in-person events with host Mike Blake. Decision Vision is presented by Brady Ware & Company.

Exploring, Inc.

Exploring is the parent company of several unique, trailblazing Atlanta-based companies.Exploring Inc.

Their companies span a range of industries, from the exhibit and event industry to hospitality, commercial, retail, architectural, automotive, museum, and other markets.

What each Exploring company has in common, however, is a ceaseless focus on discovering truly innovative solutions and value for clients. In fact, that focus is what they look for when adding new companies to the Exploring family.

Exploring Inc. employs almost 180 people and operates in three locations, including a 150,000 square foot fabrication facility, providing a uniquely wide scope of capabilities and supported by a highly experienced, versatile, and talented team of metal fabricators, sculptors, artists, carpenters, painters, and printers. The rapidly growing company was founded in 1999 and includes ID3 Group, Chisel 3D, Atlantis Waterjet, Brumark, Shelmarc Carpets, and CGI Graphics. Exploring, Inc. has been named to the Inc. 500/5000 Inc. Magazine’s annual list of Fastest-Growing Private Companies in America six times in 2009, 2010, 2011, 2014, 2016, and 2018.

Company website | LinkedIn | Facebook

David Walens, CEO, Exploring, Inc.

Exploring, Inc.
David Walens, CEO, Exploring, Inc.

Dave has over 30 years of experience in developing and growing businesses. His ability to think creatively and strategically and his unwavering commitment to customer service are true differentiators. He has extensive experience in exhibit design and construction, event fabrication, graphic production, flooring production, and project management. This experience, combined with in-depth industry knowledge and expertise enables Dave to assist companies in reaching their strategic marketing objectives as efficiently and as effectively as possible.

Dave has been CEO of Exploring, Inc. for 22 years. He has a degree from Kennesaw State University.

LinkedIn

Mike Blake, Brady Ware & Company

Mike Blake, Host of the “Decision Vision” podcast series

Michael Blake is the host of the Decision Vision podcast series and a Director of Brady Ware & Company. Mike specializes in the valuation of intellectual property-driven firms, such as software firms, aerospace firms, and professional services firms, most frequently in the capacity as a transaction advisor, helping clients obtain great outcomes from complex transaction opportunities. He is also a specialist in the appraisal of intellectual properties as stand-alone assets, such as software, trade secrets, and patents.

Mike has been a full-time business appraiser for 13 years with public accounting firms, boutique business appraisal firms, and an owner of his own firm. Prior to that, he spent 8 years in venture capital and investment banking, including transactions in the U.S., Israel, Russia, Ukraine, and Belarus.

Brady Ware & Company

Brady Ware & Company is a regional full-service accounting and advisory firm which helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality. Brady Ware services clients nationally from its offices in Alpharetta, GA; Columbus and Dayton, OH; and Richmond, IN. The firm is growth-minded, committed to the regions in which they operate, and most importantly, they make significant investments in their people and service offerings to meet the changing financial needs of those they are privileged to serve. The firm is dedicated to providing results that make a difference for its clients.

Decision Vision Podcast Series

Decision Vision is a podcast covering topics and issues facing small business owners and connecting them with solutions from leading experts. This series is presented by Brady Ware & Company. If you are a decision-maker for a small business, we’d love to hear from you. Contact us at decisionvision@bradyware.com and make sure to listen to every Thursday to the Decision Vision podcast.

Past episodes of Decision Vision can be found at decisionvisionpodcast.com. Decision Vision is produced and broadcast by the North Fulton studio of Business RadioX®.

Connect with Brady Ware & Company:

Website | LinkedIn | Facebook | Twitter | Instagram

TRANSCRIPT

Intro: [00:00:02] Welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast series focusing on critical business decisions. Brought to you by Brady Ware & Company. Brady Ware is a regional full service accounting and advisory firm that helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality.

Mike Blake: [00:00:21] Welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast giving you, the listener, clear vision to make great decisions. In each episode, we discuss the process of decision making on a different topic from the business owners’ or executives’ perspective. We aren’t necessarily telling you what to do, but we can put you in a position to make an informed decision on your own and understand when you might need help along the way.

Mike Blake: [00:00:40] My name is Mike Blake, and I’m your host for today’s program. I’m a director at Brady Ware & Company, a full service accounting firm based in Dayton, Ohio, with offices in Dayton; Columbus, Ohio; Richmond, Indiana; and Alpharetta, Georgia. Brady Ware is sponsoring this podcast, which is being recorded in Atlanta per social distancing protocols. If you would like to engage with me on social media with my Chart of the Day and other content, I’m on LinkedIn as myself and @unblakeable on Facebook, Twitter, Clubhouse, and Instagram. If you like this podcast, please subscribe on your favorite podcast aggregator, and please consider leaving a review of the podcast as well.

Mike Blake: [00:01:15] So, today’s topic is, Should I go back to in-person events? And as we record this show just prior to Memorial Day, we are in what I like to call the trans-pandemic period, where we’re not in the throes of the pandemic hell that we found ourselves in six months ago or in the process of becoming vaccinated. It’s an open question whether or not we’re going to hit the 70 percent vaccination rate that the presidential administration has told us is required to achieve herd immunity. And I’m no epidemiologist. I have no clue if we’re going to get that. But just sort of taking straw polls, I think, we’re probably in the fall just short of that. So be it.

Mike Blake: [00:01:56] But whether we’re vaccinated or not or we reach that vaccination level or not, the floodgates are clearly opening. We’ve had enough. Even introverts like me are stepping out more and are willing to take a little bit more risk than we were willing to take 6 to 12 months ago. And almost, like it or not, things are going back to normal. In fact, at this point, probably the biggest obstacle of things to returning to events – at least trying to sort of daily life, I’ll put it that way. Because events, I think, are a different story – but return to daily life, I think, is simply finding enough people that want to actually work the jobs that are necessary to make those things happen.

Mike Blake: [00:02:37] And, again, I’m not going to enter into that discussion. But we are going to have a podcast on a related topic soon, Should I change careers? Because I think a lot of people have been prompted by the pandemic experience to rethink what it is they want to do with their professional lives and their personal lives. And our relationship with work, I think, for many of us, has forever changed. But, again, that’s getting ahead of ourselves. We have a very good topic in front of us today.

Mike Blake: [00:03:08] You know, opportunities are now opening up left and right. I know that professional events, sporting events are going to, if not full attendance capacity, certainly close to it. I think in my original hometown of Boston, when the Bruins and Celtics continue to play, hopefully the Celtics will just end their season. Bruins are miserable. Well, when the Bruins and Celtics continue their play, they’re going to be in front of something like 85 percent capacity crowds. Fenway Park is going to something similar. I haven’t paid attention to what’s going on in Atlanta, but I think it’s following a similar path. So, we’re going back to this stuff. People are going back to restaurants. I’m seeing in my email box more announcements for in-person events.

Mike Blake: [00:03:57] It’s starting to happen, although I think timidly. And I think the question now begs the asking. Should we be going back to in-person live events? I don’t mean that from a perspective, should we as a society go back to that. That’s not what this podcast is for. And, frankly, I’m not qualified to answer that question and nobody’s asked it of me, so I’m not going to answer it. But I suspect that many individuals are weighing now, is it the right time to go back to these events? Is it the right time to sponsor these events again, host these events? Will people come? Are they going to look exactly like they looked, say, in October of 2019? Are they going to look different? Are we going to have more virtual events? When we talk about hybrid events, what on earth does a hybrid event mean? Is a hybrid event even feasible?

Mike Blake: [00:04:55] And so, you know, right now I frankly cannot think of a more timely topic that is on most business people’s minds. Again, whether we’re an event producer – and Brady Ware just had a a fairly large event, virtual, for nonprofits. And I understand it was very successful, but it was virtual. But, you know, other events now are going to be in-person. And what does that look like?

Mike Blake: [00:05:20] And I’ll kind of end the monologue here with this, is that, according to meetings outlook, the 2021 winter edition, 49 percent of event planners and 42 percent of event suppliers expect in-person event activity to return to pre-pandemic levels by 2022. So, whether your glass is half full or empty, that means that over half of people in that industry expect 2022 to still be down for pre-pandemic levels. And the report was silent on when or if the industry may indeed return to pre-pandemic levels. It may not even be necessarily a desirable thing to do that, at least on a micro basis.

Mike Blake: [00:06:03] So, coming on to talk about this is my friend, Dave Walens, who is President of Exploring, Inc. The parent company of several unique trailblazing Atlanta-based companies supporting the event trade show experiential entertainment and flooring industries. He is also the current president and grand poobah of an organization – which I’ve been involved for several years and is really one of the few organizations I have time for and make time for – CEO NetWeavers. And we’ve had a couple of guests on who have been part of that group as well. So, they account for a big part of the guest quota that we’ve had with this podcast over the last two years.

Mike Blake: [00:06:39] Dave has over 30 years of experience in developing and growing businesses. His ability to think creatively and strategically and his unwavering commitment to customer service are a true differentiator. He has extensive experience in exhibit design and construction, event fabrication, graphic production, flooring production, and project management. This experience, combined with in-depth industry knowledge and expertise enables Dave to assist companies in reaching their strategic marketing objectives as efficiently and as effectively as possible.

Mike Blake: [00:07:07] Exploring Inc. employs almost 180 people and operates in three locations, including a 150,000 thousand square foot fabrication facility, providing uniquely wide scope of capabilities and supported by highly experienced, versatile, and talented team of metal fabricators, sculptors, artists, carpenters, painters, and printers. The rapidly growing company was founded in 1999 and includes ID3 Group, Chisel 3D, Atlantis Waterjet, Brumark, Shelmarc Carpets, and CGI Graphics. Exploring has been named to the Inc. 500/5000 Inc. Magazine’s annual list of Fastest Growing Private Companies in America six times in 2009, 2010, 2011, 2014, 2016, and 2018. Dave Walens, welcome to the program.

Dave Walens: [00:07:51] Well, thank you, Michael, in probably the longest intro ever.

Mike Blake: [00:07:55] Well, I talk fast. I’m at least old enough to remember the FedEx fast talking guy. I remember him so I can learn how to talk like him. But, you know, maybe it’s a long introduction, but I think it’s a worthwhile introduction because I think it establishes your expertise in the space. And, you know, our listeners don’t have time to listen to amateurs. There are plenty of podcasts that already do that. We need to listen experts and you’re one of those. So, again, thank you for being generous with your time and coming on today.

Dave Walens: [00:08:23] You bet, Mike. And thanks for having me, man.

Mike Blake: [00:08:25] So, we talked about what your company does. I’m sure you’re going to kind of sprinkle that over the course of the discussion. So, I’m going to kind of cut right to the chase. I mean, 2020 must have been an absolute brutal year for you guys. And if I’m right or if I’m even half right, I’d love to know how you guys survived it.

Dave Walens: [00:08:48] Well, great question to start out with. As a great entrepreneur that I think I am, I actually got even better during the pandemic because I learned how to run a company with no sales. That’s pretty impressive.

Mike Blake: [00:09:01] Yeah. I didn’t know that could be done.

Dave Walens: [00:09:03] Neither did I. So, frankly, it was a very, very difficult year. 2020 shut down the convention industry. Obviously, the event industry. We were the first industry to close. And, frankly, we’re going to be the last industry probably to open as trade shows aren’t really officially opening even yet. But we have survived it and we survived it for several key reasons.

Dave Walens: [00:09:27] One is, really, the mental fortitude that you have to have as an entrepreneur and changing to meet current needs. And that really was the core of our whole company and our employees is, really, that mindset. And we’ve just had a great team that came together and did whatever it takes to find paths to get through this thing. And we’ve done some very, very creative and unique ways to get through it. And I couldn’t be more proud of my executive management team and my management team to make it happen.

Dave Walens: [00:09:53] And, fortunately, we were really busy and the industry was super busy in the first quarter of ’20. And because of that, it helped us get to some benchmarks throughout the year to where we had cash flow to help us get through some of the worst times until PPP kicked in. So, to be very specific, if it wasn’t for that, this industry, the trade show industry and event industry, may not have survived. Not like it’s going to be.

Mike Blake: [00:10:19] So, you know, now we’re here. As I said, we’re here at the end of May, trans-pandemic period. What are you hearing? What are you sensing? What are you seeing in terms of the public’s interest in going back to live events right now?

Dave Walens: [00:10:34] First of all, I would look for facts in the marketplace that indicate what’s the appetite for folks to go back to live events. And, fortunately, we’re right here in Atlanta where we’re watching Van Gogh open up last week. And, fortunately, our ID3 Group was the builder of Van Gogh, so we got to partake in this. Actually, they’re sold out until August already. They’ve sold over 200,000 tickets and hard to find them. And attendance has been outstanding. So, those are the facts that I look for. So, every event that I have seen or witnessed has seen tremendous participation. That’s an awesome sign.

Mike Blake: [00:11:17] Now, what about among the event planners and sponsors and hosts, are they equally chomping at the bit to kind of get back to this thing?

Dave Walens: [00:11:29] Yeah. I think they are. We’re seeing it because many of them switched to stay connected to their customers. The event producers, if you will, the ones who own the show, want to make sure that their customer base was able to see their customers so they went to virtual events. And doing these virtual events was great. But it was just one element. And there was a real missing component of that interaction. And I think that’s the outcome of the virtual events, it connected a lot of people but, frankly, lost that human touch, that interpersonal touch that we really crave. So, when the opportunity started to come back, I think these event producers were clamoring to get back face-to-face and they found ways to do it.

Mike Blake: [00:12:15] And I’m curious, I rattled off a statistic before we started the formal interview. But it seems like more people in your industry now think that this year and maybe next year are going to be transition years. And maybe 2023, if we go back to the normal or if we achieve the new normal, that’s going to be the timeline. Do you share that opinion or do you differ from that?

Dave Walens: [00:12:41] I think I differ just a little bit from that, Mike. What I’m seeing is choppiness through the summer. As trade shows start to open, they’re opening up very conservatively with expectations. I mean, you’ve got to remember, many of these shows have canceled. And what’s happening is they’re rescheduling for summer, that typically were in the winter or even the spring. As they move to different parts of the year, attendance is going to be lower. They’re going to be spottier. You’re not going to have the back to back shows. They’re going to be smaller. I’m sure all that’s going to take place. But they are opening and they are committing to go face-to-face.

Dave Walens: [00:13:14] What that means is, I think, we’re really going to see things come back fourth quarter. So, summer will be choppy. Third quarter will start to build up. But a good stake in the ground is CES, which is opening in January, which is typical of where it always is open. And that is the largest trade show in our country. And I think that’s the one that I’m looking at most closely to be an indicator of where things are to come. So, if we get back fourth quarter, then 2022 should be a very, very good year.

Mike Blake: [00:13:41] I did not know that CES was the largest trade show in the country. I mean, I knew it was big, but I had no idea that it was the largest. And I agree that probably will be a very good barometer, especially because with CES, that’s actually a trade show that has the kind of content that actually is more easy to deliver virtually than others. You don’t necessarily have to have people in a room to show a demo of a video game, for example. So, if people are coming back in droves, then I agree with you that that is going to be the leading indicator.

Dave Walens: [00:14:16] Yeah. And I think CES is going to be well-attended this year, I think people cancelled last year. So, think about all the technology changes that have happened over this past year. This is the debut of the show. And I think people haven’t been able to go to Las Vegas. There’s a lot of new things in Las Vegas, including the convention center. So, there’s a lot of compelling reasons why people are going to want to travel. I know the dangers and the health issues, but I think they’re going to be overcome by the protocols that are being done by these shows that are being very careful. And I think they’re going to really have a great attendance. And if that happens, I think it’s going to pave the way for a very good 2022.

Mike Blake: [00:14:54] So, when I start going back to live events – and I’m pretty sure that’s going to happen this year for me, even if I’m on the conservative side – am I going to see something different? How are those events are going to look different when I walk in as opposed to what I remember being involved in back in ’19?

Dave Walens: [00:15:13] You know, I think they’re going to be different. I think people are going to look at them a little bit more conservatively, strategically. And I also think you’re going to see a lot of hybrid and live combined. So, one thing we learned about the hybrid event is we’re able to touch more people. So, we could actually communicate to a lot of people at a company because they’re obviously not paying the travel expense. However, when you’re able to do these live events, I think it’s like a combination of those two things happening, where content will be available to you even after that show, long after that show for a majority of people.

Dave Walens: [00:15:45] Which means the way that we communicate on the show floor will absolutely change. And I think things don’t necessarily have to be as large and as complicated and perhaps as complex. And I think there’ll be more storytelling being done and brand building than there will be just showing up to say, “I’m coming to this trade show. I’m going to show my products.”

Mike Blake: [00:16:07] And I think that’s a good thing. You know, as somebody who does his fair share of public speaking in some format or another, the one thing that I’ve long regretted and have never found a good solution for was to solve the perishability problem. I take the time to put a presentation together. I think I do a pretty good job. And then, it’s just gone. It perishes instantly. And you haven’t seen me in some of these things. I mean, I’ve tried so many contraptions and setups and weird things to try to capture what I do, you know, with an iPad or an iPhone or something. And it’s been both cumbersome and just bad outcome.

Mike Blake: [00:16:52] I think that as a content provider, one, I will appreciate if there’s sort of a default setting where there’s going to be something to capture my content that can live on. And that, to me, also says that it’s an opportunity to scale the business model because you don’t have to just serve the people that are out there on site. Am I crazy or have I gotten a bunch of stuff wrong in that sense?

Dave Walens: [00:17:14] No. You got a lot of things right in that sense, Mike. I mean, that’s exactly what you’re going to do. And that’s why you’re going to look at these trade shows and events just differently, because you could touch your customer in different ways and it lives on. So, you think about now capturing all your presentations in your live presentations in a way that has a lifespan that is endless. So, yeah, you really can look at how you approach this much differently.

Dave Walens: [00:17:41] And, frankly, how you justify it. I mean, it’s an investment of your time and your money, and that’s the other part of it. The return on your investment is going to be even wider and probably more effective. So, you’re going to want to go to maybe more events than you ever thought about, or more trade shows, or do more public speaking because you’re able to monetize that even better.

Mike Blake: [00:18:00] So, let’s look at this from the corporate side. You know, I’m a partner in a CPA firm, which means, you know, we’re really good accounting dollars. The jury is still out. We’re really good at making them, but we’re certainly very good at counting them. And, you know, there’s an argument that I’m sure some people are making or some businesses are making. I’m not necessarily making it, but it’s being made, I’m sure. Look, we got what we needed to get out of 2020, mostly education for our people. It was a lot less expensive. They didn’t have to be out of the office. They didn’t have to pay for travel. They didn’t have the time disruption of travel. You know, what have we missed and we need to get back by being forced into an all virtual environment? What’s waiting for us on the other side?

Dave Walens: [00:18:56] And I think that all goes back to human interaction and really being able to get to know people and get to understand people at different level than doing it over Zoom. You can never really achieve that. In fact, I would suggest people are really moving more to fatigue on Zoom. And they are truly finding it as a good experience and a positive experience. So, I do think it’s just another tool. And what is missing is just that human interaction. It’s just needed. Flat out needed.

Dave Walens: [00:19:26] And I will go on the record right now telling you that, if you’re not traveling to see your customers today because, frankly, some customers won’t let you come see them. But the second your competitor goes and flies and meets a customer face-to-face and you don’t, you tell me how fast you’re going to jump on a plane to go meet with your customer face-to-face. It’s the cycle. It’s going to happen.

Mike Blake: [00:19:51] So. I think I know the answer to this question, but I don’t want to assume. So, are hybrid events, in your mind, are they going to be a transitional step or is that going to be kind of part of the new normal? The new outgrowth is that there’s a role for digital play in these things and they’re just going to ride shotgun with one another.

Dave Walens: [00:20:12] I’m glad you said the word digital this time than virtual. From our industry as designers and producers of experiences and trade shows, we’re really turning into content producers and storytellers. And as content developers, we have to understand that market now better than anything to help brands achieve their goals. So, this is just one element. And what we’ve learned through content development now has a lot of legs. I mean, we could create movies around the content we’re building or, you know, video podcasts, whatever we want to do. But we better be good at that as well as building physical structure. So, if we’re going to help the brand the best way, then we have to know all elements of this marketplace.

Mike Blake: [00:21:01] And it’s interesting, I hadn’t thought of that. But I think I completely agree with that, that the core competencies, I would imagine, and people of your industry – participants in your industry, I think are going to need to evolve. From what I have seen – again, I haven’t worked in your industry behind the scenes of your industry is that, there are people on the physical events and then there are the people that do the audio, video, take the footage and whatnot, but they’re almost sort of parallel.

Mike Blake: [00:21:38] From my observation, you only talk to each other when you need to make sure you’re not stepping each other’s extension cord, basically. Or not going to screw up their WiFi, basically. I imagine that in the operational model, that’s no longer the case. You either have to be able to closely collaborate with each other or maybe you even just own those capabilities all in-house.

Dave Walens: [00:21:55] Yeah. Absolutely. But I’ll take that maybe even a little step higher, Mike, and go back to the customer. So, the customer is the one that we really got to focus on. And when a customer has got complications between going through virtual or digital content and physical content, really, what it is, is helping the brand achieve what it’s doing. And it lives in the hands of the customer.

Dave Walens: [00:22:17] As we learn more about it, it goes back to the fact that as designers and builders of environments, we may not have known much about graphics in the early days. We had to learn. We didn’t print them ourselves at the time, now we do. But we needed to know about it as well as a printer did, whether it be LED, whether it be whatever content that we’re dealing with, we have to know it.

Dave Walens: [00:22:38] In this case, we’re really helping the brand achieve its goals. That’s really what’s happened. And that lives in the hands of the customer. So, knowing how to work and manage that content is the important part in executing it. Not every one of these exhibit companies are going to be experts in content management. But they’re going to have resources at their fingertips so a customer has to go to one place rather than two. And that is a big time saver for a customer.

Mike Blake: [00:23:01] I’m curious in terms of what it’s going to take to put events together. I infer from what you’re telling me, they’re going to be more complex because the customer is asking you to do more, whether directly or indirectly. Are events going to be more expensive to put on? Or maybe they might be less expensive initially because fewer people are going to attend them. I can see an argument. Maybe there’s no impact whatsoever. I’m curious, just in terms of the cost structure, are events going to be more expensive to put on and, therefore, by extension to attend?

Dave Walens: [00:23:34] I have a feeling they’re going to be more expensive, to be honest with you. I’m starting to watch some of the data out there. The way that you participate in the show, there are some rates that are proposed by – in our industry called – the general contractor. And those rates are paid for by the exhibitors. And we’re already seeing those costs escalate a little bit surprisingly. But I think they’re anticipating smaller spaces initially. So, they have to generate revenue so their costs are a bit higher. We’ll see what happens in the long run. But I think you’re going to see an escalation in that.

Dave Walens: [00:24:09] And, of course, then you’ve got ruggedized issues and you’ve got supply chain issues that are driving up costs. So, for us as builders, we work a lot in wood. You know what’s happened with wood prices over this past year. They’ve gone up over 300 percent. And just about all raw materials have gone up. So, I think you are going to see an increase in cost. However, I think it’s going to be offset by the return that you get. And that’s where I think this industry, frankly, from my side of the table, suppliers to an exhibitor, that we have an opportunity of resetting to doing all the things that we were doing wrong, to now do them right. And eliminate cost overruns and things that were in the way before that we can now find ways to justify it and bring our value. So, that’s the opportunity.

Mike Blake: [00:24:56] So, I’m glad you brought that up, because this gets into really, frankly, one of the questions I was most looking forward to asking you, which was, from the pandemic experience – and I’d love you to think about this as broadly as possible, because I think there could be a very broad answer that will bring some insightful things to the fore – what in your mind have you – or if you want to be broader, you guys in your industry – learned from the pandemic? And how are some of those things learned going to be evident in the events that you produce and we’re going to start to attend later this year and forward?

Dave Walens: [00:25:36] Well, one thing that I think our industry learned by being truly shut down is that overhead will destroy you. And our industry is based on large spaces to accommodate building large exhibits. So, we all have a very big footprint to do what we do. You heard I’ve got 150,000 square foot facility, one of them just to do the work that we do. Building overhead will be a change in the minds of these business owners from here on out. That they’re going to have to find alternative ways not to build overhead.

Dave Walens: [00:26:12] And I think that then changes the model for them to look to be more marketing based. Go back to the content marketing base, working with brands and a marketing solution. Then, actually making the actual physical components that they could strategically work with others to build them. And let them really work with the brands to make sure they’re done right. So, I think there will be a reset in this industry of getting smaller, leaner, smarter about the things that we do because we’ve experienced the worst.

Mike Blake: [00:26:42] And it sounds like – and please correct me if I’m putting words in your mouth – the way I distill what you just said is, in a way, getting back to basics. What is the core value of what you actually deliver? And maybe building an exhibit, although a nice thing that you can offer, maybe that isn’t necessarily core to the value. Is that fair to say? Or am I going too far?

Dave Walens: [00:27:04] No. I think that’s a bit fair to say. I mean, I think where we used to differentiate by how we built something, you know, I built it better than you built it. Today, it’s about the outcome of the piece that we build. How is that story being told in your lobby, in your event, at your trade show? The outcome of that is the most important part. There’s no concern if I made it out of one material or another anymore as long as it looks like what you wanted it to look like. But if the story is told right, that’s the power of that execution and there’s the value. And that’s what we need to focus on.

Mike Blake: [00:27:37] So, it’s not necessarily about how you build it, but really why you built it.

Dave Walens: [00:27:41] That’s right. That’s exactly right.

Mike Blake: [00:27:43] And I like that. I think that’s a lesson that actually can be taken beyond just your industry, right? Going back and taking a step back, why are we doing this? Why does the customer want it? And then, that can help you rethink, is this the right or the necessary path to get there?

Mike Blake: [00:28:02] So, you answered the question one way in terms of how you run your business, which is great, is instructive. But I’m also curious, are there any lessons that you learned in terms of actually executing the event itself? Anything that you or others you think have learned from the pandemic that are going to impact simply the way that you execute on what you already do?

Dave Walens: [00:28:26] So, my seat is a little bit different, so we’re a supplier to those designers and builders of environments. So, I work with design build firms, event marketing companies, architects. So, yes, every one of those folks are approaching this much differently. And even we are about how we look at building an environment. And, you know, cost is a big issue now. So, we’re having to figure out creative ways to meet a need and finding new techniques and new materials to actually achieve what the design intent is.

Dave Walens: [00:29:00] But I will say this, the entire economy is moving to an experiential economy. People want to have a story told. And they want to know the brand has a message to them when they go and do it. And that’s the biggest piece of all. And we’re finding and we’re seeing that happen across the country right now with some very unique things that are opening up. Van Gogh is one of them, and I doubt that. But Meow Wolf is another one you may be familiar with. They’re out in New Mexico, they just opened up in Las Vegas. It’s a grocery shopping tour of the experiential type. It’s really an art exhibition more so than anything else.

Dave Walens: [00:29:33] You’re seeing a lot of these shows that are coming to fruition and it’s all about just telling the story. Malls are changing, that’s a good example of that as well. What’s happening inside of malls? With Animal Planet as an exhibition opening inside a mall. All sorts of things that really are taking what traditionally would be just standard graphic on a wall and really telling a whole story.

Mike Blake: [00:29:59] Is there any concern in your industry that some segment of the population is just not going to come back to live events? And I’m sure there’s a number, I just don’t know how big that is. In your mind, is that something that’s of concern to you that some people are just never coming back because they’ve just been so impacted almost to a PTSD level of the pandemic? Or do you think that’s just not going to be enough to move the needle for your industry?

Dave Walens: [00:30:32] No. That’s a huge concern, to be honest, Mike. Not so much individuals themselves because I don’t think there’ll be enough to move the needle. But when you have Google and Facebook and Apple telling their employees not to go to a show or we don’t want you to go to a show, that is devastating. Or we don’t think we need to do it, not because of even health issues, but the pandemic has showed them we could figure out other paths since we couldn’t do the events and go to trade shows, we’ll find an alternative way to do it. That’s very concerning. And, also, it’s also the opportunity. Because they’ll never not touch their customer. They will be face-to-face with their customer at some point. It may not look like a trade show or an event like we’re used to, but they’ll find that out.

Mike Blake: [00:31:18] Yeah. I think that’s right. You know, with things like these disruptions, it’s rare that the thing that’s disrupted goes away. It often is forced to adopt a different model. Even right now, taxis have not gone away with Uber and Lyft, but they have changed what they do and they’ve changed their value proposition.

Mike Blake: [00:31:41] I’m going to put on my amateur lawyer’s hat now. What could possibly go wrong with that? But, you know, I do wonder kind of about liability. And I wonder if this conversation has come up with you or in your circles at all. And interestingly enough, as I was preparing for this podcast, I read an article yesterday that the WWE folks, the folks that put on the “totally real wrestling matches” are making their attendees sign a waiver form that if they get sick by being in an event that, you know, you can’t come back and sue them. Is that a concern? And is that something that folks in your industry are taking a look at?

Dave Walens: [00:32:23] Absolutely. Look, liability, in my opinion and that’s my own personal opinion, is the reason that it’s taken so long for live events to come back. And I have been fortunate enough in my industry, I early on jumped on to really trying to help my industry and partnered virtually with two of our biggest players in the industry, Czarnowski and George P. Johnson. And we started what is called Live for Life, where we pull together people in our industry to help solve the temporary hospital issue.

Dave Walens: [00:32:56] We’re all shut down. We didn’t have any work at hand and we turned all of our attention to helping our communities. And so, what better workforce than obviously our trade show world that was used to making these temporary environments. And all of that became the liability issue at every turning point. And because of that, also, we got a privilege to sit in the forefront as things developed and how we were going to get over that liability. So, the protocols that were put in place with GBAC, which is a certification in the cleaning of these environments. And every single convention center or most convention centers have been certified through this GBAC.

Dave Walens: [00:33:38] Or putting in infrared and thermometers at locations and how we were going to have apps that actually trace people through an environment, making sure they were safe to go in. A program called Clear To Go – which in fact, my nephew developed the software to that – so that you tested at home, you came to an environment, you check in, you check out. All these protocols are put in place to minimize liability. It will never eliminate liability. And I haven’t seen it yet eliminate liability. But that is the biggest concern.

Mike Blake: [00:34:12] Yeah. You know, liability is sort of a particular part of the American way of life, right? So, you know, it’s just going to be ever present. That’s just the way that our society is now constructed. And there’s nothing you or I really can do to stop that. All we can do is try to work around it.

Dave Walens: [00:34:34] None of us want to be sued, and that’s really what this comes down to.

Mike Blake: [00:34:38] That’s exactly right.

Dave Walens: [00:34:39] This is a business and you were playing attorney, so I know that’s where you were going with it. But for us, as a company, we can’t afford to have that happen. And that’s the problem. It’s not that someone’s going to get sick. That, I don’t think is the issue. People are going to get sick. But it’s not going to be put in and be sued because you were allowed to be on the show floor or an event or a live event. That’s the problem.

Mike Blake: [00:35:03] So, I want to bring up another part of the value proposition of live events I’d like to get your reaction to it. This doesn’t get talked about a lot, but I think it’s more important. I think it doesn’t get talked about a lot because it’s not as polished and corporate from an outside perspective. But the reality is that, being able to send certain people to events is a form of compensation. And it’s a form of professional recognition. And I’ll use the word boondoggle. You may not, that’s fine. I don’t expect you to.

Mike Blake: [00:35:46] But the simple fact of the matter is that, a traditional way that companies have shown their appreciation for certain employees to retain them, to give them sort of non-compensation compensation is, “Hey, there’s this trade show in Vegas. Why don’t you go for this weekend and take your wife and so forth and we’ll write it off. You come back with some business cards, that’s great.” You know, I do think that’s also something that needs to come back. And if companies are thinking they can chip out and stop and sort of try to put an end to or discontinue that practice, they’re going to find out the hard way. They’re going to lose some very key people, because that is a consideration. That is a way that you make employees feel appreciated.

Dave Walens: [00:36:29] Absolutely. And no doubt about it and good point. I mean, that’s strategic, I mean, it’s cheaper to bring your sales team together and put them to good work at a trade show than it is to have a separate sales meeting. So, doing it around a trade show makes a lot of sense and the perk of doing that. So, I agree with you.

Dave Walens: [00:36:48] But I’ve actually seen that firsthand, Mike, through not a trade show, but at our industry event which was in San Antonio in December of this year. And interestingly enough, I was really surprised to see how many people showed up in our industry, in a very small industry, who were shut down. I’ll remind you of that, we were not working. And we still had over 100 people to show up at that meeting. That was a testament to that exact statement. They came out because they felt they needed to and it was part of the perk, just part of their core makeup, and they just made it happen. And it was surprising.

Mike Blake: [00:37:24] Yeah. And, look, there’s nothing wrong with that, right? As long as at least in the business you understand the decision that you’re making. I think that’s fine if businesses want to do that. But it’s interesting that I don’t see it talked about a lot, as if people don’t know that that goes on, which is kind of interesting. But, again, I do think a company that thinks they can cut out this kind of commerce travel, just on that basis alone, is making a mistake because a competitor that is sending people to those events are going to look a lot more attractive in terms of being an employer.

Mike Blake: [00:38:05] So, my impression, based on what I read is that, while we are working our way through the pandemic and I think most of us feel more secure doing things we did not feel secure doing some time ago, we’re still concerned about flare ups. There seems to be a new strain of the month and whatnot. And we don’t know what the vaccination scenario is. And it seems pretty clear that, at least in the United States, we’re not going to have these vaccination passports. There’s no way a conservative Supreme Court is going to approve that. Either that or other than that, I just don’t know politics.

Mike Blake: [00:38:45] But, you know, flare ups can kind of happen. I think something that could kill a conference forever is to, all of a sudden, be another one of these infection vectors. We hear about the wedding in Maine, or the funeral in Georgia, or something, or the biotech conference in Boston. That was the big one that actually launched this whole thing in North America. You don’t want to be that conference. That is the infection vector. Because I don’t know that as a conference, you could ever recover from that. In your mind, how do you just protect against being complacent that, you know, we see the light at the end of the tunnel, but we’re not through the tunnel yet.

Dave Walens: [00:39:32] Well, instead of the word complacent, I would put the word confident rather. I really do. And I think everybody, just like you, will find when they feel comfortable and confident to start traveling and going to these events, whether they’re local or whether you’re going to have to jump on a plane and go. Let’s be honest, if we follow the science, it’s confusing. If we follow the politicians, it’s confusing. If we try even to follow the facts, it’s confusing. So, it’s our own facts and our own mind that we have to make up what’s justifiable.

Dave Walens: [00:40:09] I’m an entrepreneur. I take risks every day. Way bigger risks just working and driving and the things that I do that I just didn’t feel the risk that I would take in certain environments make it uncomfortable for me. I justified it. Does it make it right or wrong? No. It’s just what I was able to handle.

Mike Blake: [00:40:28] It’s right for you.

Dave Walens: [00:40:30] Right. And that’s what I tell people, “If you have the confidence.” You know, I read a report yesterday that said, if you had coronavirus, you have the antibodies. Although we’ve been told it may only last three months. Now, they’re coming out saying it’s actually better than the vaccine and it’s for your lifetime. You never have to have a vaccine and have to go through it again. Who’s to know until it happens again? Until we get sick again? But we can’t stop living. And that’s just where my line is drawn. And I feel like if I could build enough confidence where people will take it a little bit of a risk, then maybe it’s worth it. But it’s all about individual choice. And that’s the beauty of where we’re at. I let people see for themselves what feels comfortable for them.

Mike Blake: [00:41:17] We’re talking with Dave Walens, CEO of Exploring Inc. And the topic is, Should I go back to in-person events? A couple more questions I’d like to cover before we let you go and start planning and keep planning those events that you’re working on. But one question I’m curious about is the international angle. International travel is much slower to recover, for good or ill that’s just the way it is. Europe says they might open to U.S. traffic sometime this summer. But they haven’t committed to that. Frankly, I have not followed what the U.S. stands on. I haven’t heard any definitive word from the Biden Administration.

Mike Blake: [00:41:58] Is that putting a damper on events right now? Are there plans or maybe some live events that have traditionally been international in nature and may be duplicated and localized? What’s the strategy or response to that? Or even to your mind, is there a strategy or response to that?

Dave Walens: [00:42:13] No. There absolutely is a strategy around that. And, yes, it is having an impact on attendance and exhibitors. And, frankly, I think the owners of these shows are having to work around that and find what’s the best way to approach the show, which means they may go smaller. That’s where we go back to how are they going to survive? Well, maybe they take less square footage and commit to that, knowing that a percentage of their exhibitors and attendees are international.

Dave Walens: [00:42:41] And, no, they shouldn’t plan for it. I mean, you’re an accountant, it’s kind of that zero based projection. And we’re going to plan for zero. And if we get any, we’ll incrementally benefit from it. If they’re planning to have them come, they’re going to be sorely missed because they probably won’t be showing up. And so, we’ll see perhaps some or fourth, and that’s where I say fourth quarter by the time it really wraps in. And it’ll be a gradual increase so we’ll see it coming. But if you’re not planning for them not to show up, you’re making a mistake, in my opinion.

Mike Blake: [00:43:11] So, one thing I was thinking about – and I could be completely off base, so if I’m wrong, you’ll tell me – it seems to me that events are part of or at least adjacent to the hospitality industry. And their struggles in terms of just finding people to staff are well-known and well-documented. I’m curious if your industry is facing similar challenges. And if so, how are those challenges going to be felt at events and your ability to to put them on?

Dave Walens: [00:43:43] Probably the number one issue for our industry right now.

Mike Blake: [00:43:46] So, I guess strike. Good.

Dave Walens: [00:43:48] Thanks for the question. In all honesty, if you really think about this, our industry is primarily made up of entrepreneurs, business owners. And most of them are owner operators. And the only way they survive this pandemic is by getting back to the basics of a handful of people, perhaps just themselves or one other person. So, their workforce has been decimated. And our employees were furloughed and laid off. And as I said, our industry still is not open. We’re at 10 percent. Restaurants never hit this level. Our workforce is absolutely been crushed. Our skilled labor has gone. Our project managers, our sales teams, gone. There’s no one to sell to unless they moved in to new areas like virtual events. But for the most part, it’s all going to have to be built back, which is going to take a toll.

Dave Walens: [00:44:40] I think we’re all projecting issues to happen because of that. On the show floor, hard to get people and hard to get enough people to fill the demand that’s starting to happen. And we’re seeing that specifically on projects that we’ve actually closed up outside of the trade show world. But some traveling exhibits, some permanent installations, and hospitality projects that we’re working on. And it’s just going to be a challenge getting back a workforce, especially a skilled base, high talent, the carpenters and the welders. They’ve all found work in the housing industry, which has exploded, or construction overall.

Mike Blake: [00:45:18] So, Dave, this has been a great conversation. And, you know, as an aside for the listener’s benefit, this conversation sort of has an interesting side dynamic, in that, Dave and I serve on the board of CEO NetWeavers. He’s the executive – not the executive director. He’s the president and I’m the head of the Events and Speakers Committee. And so, we’re going to be having a conversation internally in our board in the next couple of weeks about moving to in-person events as well. As it happens sort of lays the groundwork. But I say that for the benefit of our listeners, because this is an actual conversation that’s going on in an organization that he and I are both stewards of at the moment. And it just goes to underline the real practicality of it.

Mike Blake: [00:46:05] You know, Dave, you’ve got a lot of information. We couldn’t cover everything in one hour. We never do. But if somebody wants to ask you about information, you know, about attending events, hosting them, sponsoring them, participating in some way, can they do that? If they want to ask you something we didn’t talk about, say, want to go in more depth. And if so, what’s the best way to do that?

Dave Walens: [00:46:26] Absolutely, Mike. Good or bad, I’m always available. I would suggest emailing me. And, Mike, I got to clarify one thing for you. You have called me Walens the entire conversation, and COVID has caused that, because it’s actually Walens. But every single one of them, from friends to family, have called me Walens. Don’t ask me why for 2020. But it is actually dwalens@exploring.com is my email address, that’s D-W-A-L-E-N-S@exploring.com. Instagram, it’s drwalens. And you’re welcome to follow me or any of our companies, exploring.com is our main website for the parent company. You can get to all our brands through that and you see other things that we’re producing. So, I’m very accessible and I welcome you to connect at any time. I’d be happy to share more.

Mike Blake: [00:47:19] All right. Well, there you have it. There’s Dave Walens, who has been the victim of the COVID long A. But I would like to thank Dave so much for joining us and sharing his expertise with us today.

Mike Blake: [00:47:29] We’ll be exploring a new topic each week, so please tune in so that when you’re faced with your next business decision, you have clear vision when making it. If you enjoy these podcasts, please consider leaving a review with your favorite podcast aggregator. It helps people find us so that we can help them. If you like to engage with me on social media with my Chart of the Day and other content, I’m on LinkedIn as myself and @unblakeable on Facebook, Twitter, Clubhouse, and Instagram. Once again, this is Mike Blake. Our sponsor is Brady Ware & Company. And this has been the Decision Vision podcast.

 

Tagged With: Brady Ware, Brady Ware & Company, conventions, David Walens, exhibit design, Exploring, Mike Blake, trade shows

Decision Vision Episode 118: Should I Hire Someone with a Disability? – An Interview with Bill Schultz, Opportunity Partners

May 27, 2021 by John Ray

Opportunity Partners
Decision Vision
Decision Vision Episode 118: Should I Hire Someone with a Disability? - An Interview with Bill Schultz, Opportunity Partners
Loading
00:00 /
RSS Feed
Share
Link
Embed

Download file

Opportunity Partners

Decision Vision Episode 118:  Should I Hire Someone with a Disability? – An Interview with Bill Schultz, Opportunity Partners

In a conversation with host Mike Blake, Bill Schultz, CEO of Opportunity Partners, demystifies misconceptions businesses have about hiring people with disabilities. He explains why so many businesses, once they get past those misunderstandings and bring on someone with a disability, often expand such hiring. Decision Vision is presented by Brady Ware & Company.

Opportunity Partners

Established in 1953, Opportunity Partners is a Minnesota nonprofit organization that works alongside people with disabilities to provide job training, employment, and residential support for people to live more independently, succeed on the job and lead lives filled with purpose and meaning.Opportunity Partners

Opportunity Partners serves people with many different types of disabilities. Some examples include Autism Spectrum Disorder, Asperger syndrome, brain injury, Down syndrome, cerebral palsy, Fetal Alcohol Syndrome, and many others.

Company website | LinkedIn | Facebook | Twitter | YouTube

Bill Schultz, President & CEO, Opportunity Partners

Bill Schultz, CEO & President, Opportunity Partners

Bill Schultz was named President & CEO of Opportunity Partners in August 2020, after serving briefly as Interim President & CEO. Bill joined Opportunity Partners in 2015 as Executive Vice President, Business Development and Operations, overseeing all business services and production operations, identifying new products, processes, and services in community and center-based work.

Bill came to Opportunity Partners with more than 20 years of experience in a variety of business leadership positions and was drawn to the organization for its strong mission and history of making a difference in the community.

LinkedIn

Mike Blake, Brady Ware & Company

Mike Blake, Host of the “Decision Vision” podcast series

Michael Blake is the host of the Decision Vision podcast series and a Director of Brady Ware & Company. Mike specializes in the valuation of intellectual property-driven firms, such as software firms, aerospace firms, and professional services firms, most frequently in the capacity as a transaction advisor, helping clients obtain great outcomes from complex transaction opportunities. He is also a specialist in the appraisal of intellectual properties as stand-alone assets, such as software, trade secrets, and patents.

Mike has been a full-time business appraiser for 13 years with public accounting firms, boutique business appraisal firms, and an owner of his own firm. Prior to that, he spent 8 years in venture capital and investment banking, including transactions in the U.S., Israel, Russia, Ukraine, and Belarus.

Brady Ware & Company

Brady Ware & Company is a regional full-service accounting and advisory firm which helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality. Brady Ware services clients nationally from its offices in Alpharetta, GA; Columbus and Dayton, OH; and Richmond, IN. The firm is growth-minded, committed to the regions in which they operate, and most importantly, they make significant investments in their people and service offerings to meet the changing financial needs of those they are privileged to serve. The firm is dedicated to providing results that make a difference for its clients.

Decision Vision Podcast Series

Decision Vision is a podcast covering topics and issues facing small business owners and connecting them with solutions from leading experts. This series is presented by Brady Ware & Company. If you are a decision-maker for a small business, we’d love to hear from you. Contact us at decisionvision@bradyware.com and make sure to listen to every Thursday to the Decision Vision podcast.

Past episodes of Decision Vision can be found at decisionvisionpodcast.com. Decision Vision is produced and broadcast by the North Fulton studio of Business RadioX®.

Connect with Brady Ware & Company:

Website | LinkedIn | Facebook | Twitter | Instagram

TRANSCRIPT

Intro: [00:00:01] Welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast series focusing on critical business decisions. Brought to you by Brady Ware & Company. Brady Ware is a regional full service accounting and advisory firm that helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality.

Mike Blake: [00:00:21] Welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast giving you, the listener, clear vision to make great decisions. In each episode, we discuss the process of decision making on a different topic from the business owners’ or executives’ perspective. We aren’t necessarily telling you what to do, but we can put you in a position to make an informed decision on your own and understand when you might need help along the way.

Mike Blake: [00:00:39] My name is Mike Blake, and I’m your host for today’s program. I’m a director at Brady Ware & Company, a full service accounting firm based in Dayton, Ohio, with offices in Dayton; Columbus, Ohio; Richmond, Indiana; and Alpharetta, Georgia. Brady Ware is sponsoring this podcast, which is being recorded in Atlanta per social distancing protocols. If you like to engage with me on social media with my Chart of the Day and other content, I’m on LinkedIn as myself, and @unblakeable on Facebook, Twitter, Clubhouse, and Instagram. If you like this podcast, please subscribe on your favorite podcast aggregator, and please consider leaving a review of the podcast as well.

Mike Blake: [00:01:12] So, today’s topic is, Should I hire someone with a disability? And in a way, this is an extension of the previous week’s topic, Should I hire somebody with a criminal background or somebody with a prison record, I forget what the actual title was, but you get the drift. And the same sort of concepts applies that we find ourselves in an unusual, if not unprecedented scenario in the workforce where we’re finding ourselves in a shortage of workers. And although this is being felt most acutely in the hospitality sector, it is not limited to that.

Mike Blake: [00:02:03] Over the course of the last 18 or 17 months or so, I think our society is redefining our relationship with work. I think at a micro and macro level, many of us are readdressing priorities. And I think we’re asking ourselves the question, is it worth it? You know, is it worth the effort and the expense to have a two income family? And I think with people now that have had an opportunity, whether they wanted it or not, to work-from-home or withdraw from the workforce for a while in order to meet their family obligations.

Mike Blake: [00:02:50] You know, I think this goes beyond more than simply the more generous unemployment. I think people are simply asking themselves, you know, was it really worth the extra income to give up what I gave up in terms of being with my family, and building the home that I want, and doing other things in my life. I think the answer that some people are giving is no. And some people, I think, are going back to school and they’re retraining for a job they think will suit them better. And I think others will simply exit the workforce on more or less permanent basis, certainly not coming back full time.

Mike Blake: [00:03:26] And as our previous guest, Jeff Korzenik, indicated – I thought that was a very astute observation – the size of the American labor force had already been exhibiting decline since 2010, maybe a little bit earlier. And as so many things in life, coronavirus simply accelerated trends that were already underlying. And so, we’re now finding ourselves as an economy and a scenario in which labor just is not available and plentiful the way that we are used to being. I am 51 years old and I cannot remember a scenario under which it was just so difficult to hire. I’ve been through tight labor markets for sure. But this is a different animal.

Mike Blake: [00:04:14] And so, as a result, I think that decision paths that people would not have ordinarily considered, for example, hiring someone with a criminal record and, in the case of our topic today, should I hire somebody with a disability. I think, whereas employers would just simply not have considered that or not have given as heavy consideration to it. I think we’re now at a point in our economy where, if you want to run your business the way you like to run it, if you’d like to be as profitable as a way and you’d like to grow it, you simply cannot afford to decide right off the bat that you’re not going to consider large segments of the population. And that’s not ideology, that’s just simply arithmetic. When the music stops, there just are not enough chairs to go around. In this case, not enough workers to go around for employers. And, again, we’re just not used to seeing that.

Mike Blake: [00:05:15] So, this is an extension of that topic. Again, I hope you’ll agree it’s a relevant topic. And for those of you maybe who have wondered about hiring people with disabilities, maybe how you do it, whether it makes sense to do it, or maybe you agree with me and you decide, “You know what? I need to -” even if I wasn’t discriminating against the disabled, maybe I wasn’t being intentional about doing it. You know, here’s a stone that can be overturned that may yield some great opportunities. And the goal is to help you explore whether or not that’s the right path for you. And if it is, then what is the best way to pursue that?

Mike Blake: [00:05:50] So, joining us today is Bill Schultz, who is President and CEO of Opportunity Partners. Established in 1953, Opportunity Partners is a Minnesota nonprofit organization that works alongside people with disabilities to provide job training, employment, and residential support for people to live more independently, succeed on the job, and lead lives filled with purpose and meaning. Opportunity Partners service people with many different types of disabilities. Some examples include autism spectrum disorder, Asperger Syndrome, brain injury, Down’s syndrome, cerebral palsy, fetal alcohol syndrome, and many others.

Mike Blake: [00:06:28] Bill joined Opportunity Partners in 2015 as Executive Vice President, Business Development and Operations, overseeing all business services and production operations, identifying new products, processes, and services in community and center based work. Bill came to Opportunity Partners with more than 20 years experience on a variety of business leadership positions and was drawn to the organization for its strong mission and a history of making a difference to the community. Maybe we should have had you on our podcast that will be publishing soon on transitioning to nonprofit. And, Bill, I believe you became CEO last year, 2020. Bill Schultz, welcome to the program.

Bill Schultz: [00:07:04] Thanks, Mike. It’s great to be here. Thanks for having me.

Mike Blake: [00:07:07] So, Bill, let’s start off easy. I’m sure this is a question that you could answer in your sleep. You must face it all the time. And that question is, make the case that hiring somebody with a disability is a good business decision, not just simply a good social decision.

Bill Schultz: [00:07:26] Right. And I think you made a strong argument. One, just the necessity right now of looking into non-traditional pools that employers might look at. And this is a group that’s often overlooked. And people with disabilities want to work. It’s the vocation that’s in the DNA of our organization. It was started by a group of parents that wanted to have work for their children. So, they bought a house in the small town in Richfield, Minnesota. Why not work with local businesses and brought back work. And then, a few years later, they placed their first person in the community.

Bill Schultz: [00:08:02] Because people want to feel normal and often somebody with a disability is ostracized that way and thought of that they can’t. And we just need to understand they have a wide range of abilities and we need to understand what support they need. They’re not different than you or me. We all have skills and can really thrive if we’re supported in the right way. So, these folks are very loyal. They’re great workers. They care. They can be great teammates.

Bill Schultz: [00:08:33] One of the fun things, too, that we’ll hear is, it also boosts the morale of the other folks that work there. You know, sometimes there’s an individual, sometimes there’s more than one. And I think it’s a feel good thing. And people get to know them and it demystifies people with disabilities because some people will be uncomfortable around them. And once they get to know them as a person, that goes away. And they’ll learn what their interests are and they’ll laugh with them. And it just boosts things that I’ve heard that from employers, that this is an unexpected benefit that we’ve had.

Bill Schultz: [00:09:12] And there’s also some that, you know, you’re going to have other workers that might have a child with a disability, it also gives them some hope because, “Hey, look. There is a future for my child.” Because they may be worried about that and what does the future hold for them. So, those are some things.

Bill Schultz: [00:09:29] But, you know, for the business owner or the manager that is running that storefront, it’s, “I need somebody. I need somebody that’s going to be reliable”, that can get there, they can coach and can do that. There’s other things, too, that we place a lot of people because we’re having a lot of wage pressure. That, I don’t want to pay someone this higher rate to do something more routine or that employee might not want to do these routine things that someone with a disability might really thrive on.

Bill Schultz: [00:10:01] Some people with disabilities in it, we have such a wide variety of diagnoses and just a wide range of individuals and what their characteristics are. They might really thrive in that. So, where one employee might say, “This is really mundane and I don’t enjoy this.” Someone with a disability might find this very rewarding and be very good at it. So, they can parse out those jobs and focus those other individuals that they’re may be paying a higher wage on those higher skilled areas. And let someone with a disability do other things. Like, whether it’s picking up boxes and having them recycled, moving different things about. There’s such a wide range of duties that we do. And those are just some of the benefits, I think, of hiring someone.

Mike Blake: [00:10:45] Now, you brought up something I would not have thought of in a million years. But my observation certainly bears it out. At least Americans love a story where somebody overcomes a disability, to overcome something, right? There was something on the news recently about, I think, a golfer with Down syndrome that is having some success. And it seems like every other month is a great story in ESPN. You know, somebody that maybe was the 15th person on the basketball team had a mental disability and they put them in sort of at the end of the last game of the season or something. And everybody sort of goes berserk.

Mike Blake: [00:11:29] There is sort of that element in contrast with the prior show that we did – I guess really two shows, not last show – on, you know, should we dip into the pool of people with criminal records. You know, there are people that they did something to earn that or to receive that distinction. Whereas, as opposed to people that are handicapped or are disabled, chances are very good that they did nothing to do that. You know, they’re are born with, generally, bad luck, basically. And there’s a very different attitude towards that. And I can see how, under the right circumstances, under the right leadership, that somebody who is disabled on a team can actually become a rallying point.

Bill Schultz: [00:12:25] Absolutely. The other thing is, these folks are really genuine. They’re curious about you. There’s no pretense with individuals. They want to get to know you. And it’s another thing that people, once they get comfortable – and, again, some people are just uncomfortable because they’re unique. And our organization will do training for people and just talk through it. And that really allows people to relieve their anxiety and build that relationship with that person and help support them in their role. Because they’ll need support like anyone else. And one of the things that we’ve seen where people are really successful.

Bill Schultz: [00:13:04] So, we offer job coaching. And that’s one of the things that employers should know, too, that whatever state you’re in – we’re in Minnesota – most states are going to have organizations like Opportunity Partners with job development and they come with a job coach. So, this is a free support that comes with this individual that the business doesn’t have to pay for. And they can help with onboarding and they can help with training. We go out those first few days, we’re there the full shift with them, helping them get onboarded. We’ll create checklists for them. Talk with the manager about getting to know. Because everyone’s different and they’re going to have different behaviors and things like that. So, that’s just a real benefit for someone to onboard that individual and help them be successful. And, also, demystify even for other employees on how to interact with the individual.

Mike Blake: [00:13:54] You know, I’m curious about one thing, because your organizational profile says you work with people who are on the autism spectrum and have Asperger Syndrome. What, if anything, was the impact of Elon Musk’s Saturday Night Live monologue in which he disclosed that he indeed has Asperger’s Syndrome? Is that bringing conversations to you? Is it changing conversations? Too early to tell? What do you think about that?

Bill Schultz: [00:14:24] I thought it was great. And, you know, just the buzz around it that, again, it’s just making it more acceptable and letting people know. There’s so many people with disabilities and we have a wide range of abilities. And everybody you work with, there’s likely someone with something that’s challenging them. The folks we support, you know, are just more parent, more obvious, so it’s visible. And Elon just normalized it for people. And also say, “Look. Look what I can accomplish. And I’m on the spectrum.”

Bill Schultz: [00:15:00] And people with autism spectrum disorder, also Asperger’s, which is just typically higher functioning, are wildly successful. And technology firms are discovering this, and there’s lots of them that are reaching out to this pool. Because with some minor modifications like, you know, often a technology office will have a wide open workspace. This individual might have some sensory issues where they need even an office or high walled cube, but they’re fantastic at coding or they’re fantastic at software analysis. I mean, things that other individuals wouldn’t pick out.

Bill Schultz: [00:15:37] So, again, just a wide spectrum of people that come to us, we’ll place them in technology jobs or different things like that that are well suited for their skills and where their interests lie. But there’s also, you know, a lot of traditional programs like post-secondary education isn’t well suited for people on spectrum, so they fall through the cracks. And there’s just such a wide group of underemployed, talented individuals that we really need to figure out a way to support and get them trained. And then, educate employers on how to bring them onboard and help them be a valuable asset.

Mike Blake: [00:16:12] And I can actually attest to that. I have a relative who has been diagnosed of Asperger’s Syndrome and he, in fact, is a software engineer. And they do make accommodations for him. Not overly heavy in my mind, actually. But he is fantastically successful and they’re just never going to let him go. And the good news is that, people with Asperger’s syndrome don’t particularly like change either. So, it’s actually a scenario that works extremely well for them. So, I can tell you this from my own experience of somebody who has weaknesses related to disability elsewhere, interpersonal reactions, relations, that sort of thing. But in terms of his ability to produce code, I mean, he’s a parent. I’m not an engineer, but for all accounts, he’s not good. He’s great.

Bill Schultz: [00:17:08] Yeah. That’s not an uncommon story. Businesses have to be open to it. I think one of the big miss out there is, there’s a liability or there’s expensive accommodations that need to be made. And that’s just not the case. So, I think it’s just learning. You know, obviously, a business owner can just dip their toes in the water and go and talk with an organization and learn more and meet some of the individuals. And, really, I think, get comfortable with that.

Bill Schultz: [00:17:40] I think one of the biggest things is, we support people with the job coaches so we can help people, we can help train them, and be that gap. And maybe people are worried about disciplinary things. We can come in and have the meeting with the manager and the individual and work through challenges if that becomes a thing. Or, “I can’t fire this individual.” “Well, yes, you can.” That’s not a worry. And we can help with that, too. And other organizations will do the same thing. Typically, it’s a process like anybody else, right? You sit down and kind of talk over. “Well, you’re not doing this or we had this incident. We can’t do that.” And we work through improvement.

Bill Schultz: [00:18:18] And one thing that goes back to the point you made earlier, just the challenge. We’re actually finding employers be a lot more tolerant and give more tries on things because of the challenge. And they see that this individual is trying. And it’s just something that we need to work through and help them understand, because it’s often just something new that comes up that was kind of unexpected. And we help them sort through it. So, I think a big thing is just thinking that there isn’t a liability. And, you know, it’s not expensive to bring on one of these people. There’s not a lot of accommodations that you have to make that are going to be hard for the organization to support.

Mike Blake: [00:18:59] So, obviously it’s important to the individual, it’s important to society, and can be a benefit to a company to hire somebody with a disability and give them a job, make them productive, et cetera. Do governments offer any special incentives that you’re aware of to hire somebody who’s disabled? Are government’s helping offset training costs or hiring costs or wages or anything like that that you’re aware of?

Bill Schultz: [00:19:26] Yeah. Well, I know the state of Minnesota does. There’s a tax break for employers that do. So, I just recommend a business owner go out, I think it’s $9,600 a year in tax break, no matter the number that they hire. So, I would just recommend that they reach out to their Employment Economic Office of their state and look and see if they’re doing something similar. We even have counties within Minnesota, too, that will offer something on top of that. So, you can even check with the county in which your business is and see if they’ll offer some kind of grants. Sometimes it’s for onboarding and they’ll be like onboarding grants and then a retention grant that they’ll get a couple of cash payments for.

Mike Blake: [00:20:11] I’d like to ask a question that popped up. And this may be an unfair question, but I think you can handle it. And that is, I have an observation that coronavirus, in effect, made some employees effectively disabled. Not necessarily from a mental standpoint, although that may be the case, but I think they simply became impaired because of demands that were placed on them outside the workplace, simply did not allow them to be their best selves at work, as they ordinarily would have been.

Mike Blake: [00:20:44] And frankly, I am one of them. My work life balance has changed as I have become a homeschooling father and tried to help my wife realize her goals of starting her business. And that just means I cannot work 15 hours a day and accomplish those things. I really can’t work 12 on a regular basis, frankly.

Mike Blake: [00:21:04] And, you know, as I think about our organization and people that have had to kind of step back and others have covered for them, I kind of wonder if the coronavirus experience maybe has made us collectively a little more understanding of individual people’s limitations. Those limitations may happen because of an actual disability that they have or the limitations may be environmental, but the net impact is the same, I think.

Mike Blake: [00:21:36] I’m curious if you think that maybe coronavirus and just seeing lots of people have had their lives upended and, therefore, they’re not able to be their best professional selves. Do you think that’s led to greater empathy towards the disabled that have kind of had to live with having a different baseline, if you will, of performance than their peers?

Bill Schultz: [00:22:00] Yeah. I think it’s probably a mixed case and it kind of depends on the individual, not the disabled individual, but the other individual. Because what I’ve seen from coronavirus is, and to your point, it can make people more empathetic to others and the challenges that they’re facing and see that. But I’ve also seen fatigue with corona and a lot of people hitting the wall and saying, “I’ve already got so much capacity, I need to do a little self-care. And I need to dial back a little bit on how I’m supporting others.” So, I’ve seen a little bit of both of that.

Bill Schultz: [00:22:41] So, I think one thing that’s helped us a little bit is actually some of the social unrest that we’ve seen with some of the different – well, In Minnesota, specifically with George Floyd and Daunte Wright right. But it’s across the country, unfortunately. That we’ll see a lot more talk around diversity, equity, and inclusion. And some organizations will put people with disabilities in there. And we’re trying to get more people to think about that, because I think that’s really an important thing to help open people’s eyes more so.

Bill Schultz: [00:23:20] Then, COVID is creating, “Oh, my gosh. I’m not thinking about that.” And that’s something that we, as an organization, should really think about, is, how do we do this? Because when they’re trying to do a diversity, equity, and inclusion, it shouldn’t be to do check boxes because they see the value that these individuals bring in different life experiences. And they’re going to add value or they’re going to make the organization stronger.

Bill Schultz: [00:23:41] I equate it to the United States. I think one of the reasons we’re so strong is we’re not homogeneous. We’re a melting pot of people from all over with brilliant entrepreneurs from around the world. And it makes us a great country. And I think a diverse organization, you’re going to get the same benefit. And seeing that being pushed forward, I think, will help people open up to people with disabilities and think of them as that way, too. And, of course, people that have intellectual developmental disabilities or physical disabilities come in all colors as well.

Mike Blake: [00:24:20] Sure. So, you’ve been with this organization for six years, presumably, or five years and change, maybe, I’m not sure the exact months, but are you aware of any data that measures how well disabled or employees with disabilities have performed relative to their peers that do not have such disabilities? They tend to perform as well, a little worse, a little better, pretty much the same? In your experience, kind of what have the results been?

Bill Schultz: [00:24:55] Yeah. I don’t know if there’s analytics around it, but I can say that the best way to equate it is all around individuals. And I’d say, by and large, they’re generally the population. They have people that are great and people that have different struggles and just need to find the right fit. Sometimes they go into one specific job and, you know, you might try out that, “I want to be a lawyer, but, gosh, I’m a terrible lawyer. And, really, I want to go be a chef.” So, it’s the same kind of thing of finding the right fit for the individual, whether they have a disability or not is really where we see it.

Bill Schultz: [00:25:28] We do see more employers opening up, so we’re definitely seeing a huge impact or a huge growth with people being placed on the community. So, that’s certainly in the data. And we see more and more of it. There’s just more demand. And we really are working with individuals to find that. And now, obviously, with employers. Obviously with COVID, a lot of businesses shut down and some jobs were lost. But that’s reboundingly crazy, like it is around the country.

Bill Schultz: [00:26:06] Especially, so we place a lot of people in, like, fast food, or dishwashers, or housekeeping, cashier stocking. I think one thing you’ll see a trend of that’s higher in someone with intellectual developmental disability than maybe your typical person that might be in this position is longevity. So, that’s one attribute that I think you’re going to see more loyalty there. And you also see a lot of reliability.

Bill Schultz: [00:26:36] I think one thing that employers need to understand and to think about is, typically, the folks we place don’t work eight hours a day. There can be income limits based on their benefits. And that’s something that the employer can always work with a job coach and say, “How many hours can this person work?” Because there’s often a misunderstanding by the person that has a disability or their guardian and to which how much they can make. So, maybe they can work 32 hours a week, and they just need to work through that.

Bill Schultz: [00:27:07] The other thing is, a lot of our folks don’t necessarily drive. Some people do. It depends on where they are within that range of ability. So, they’re taking public transportation or sometimes the state has a transportation, and that system can have some tolerance to it that, you know, they might have to show up a little bit early or a little bit late.

Bill Schultz: [00:27:29] And just so the employer educate themselves as to what’s happening. So, an appearance doesn’t look like, “Oh, my gosh, this guy is late again.” And it could be that, you know, he’s setting up a ride with the local state agency and those drivers, they got to figure out the route or whatever it is. So, they can talk with that job coach and really help sort those things out. So, I think something just for people to be aware of is, typically they’re going to be part time. I would say on average it’s 20 hours a week. But that can be also really helpful.

Bill Schultz: [00:28:03] Because a lot of times, you know, if I’m at a fast food restaurant, my busy shifts are this window. And I only want you to work this hour and these hours. And I don’t need you otherwise. And most of the folks aren’t going to ask for benefits because they’re getting the benefits. So, that can be a benefit for some business owners.

Mike Blake: [00:28:26] So, is there anything that the disabled tend to bring to the table because of their experience, their life experience, that may distinguish them from more conventional job candidates. And you mentioned longevity as one. Are there other ways that, in some ways, maybe hiring somebody with a disability may result actually in a superior employee on average?

Bill Schultz: [00:28:57] Yeah. I think, again, we’re just talking about individuals. So, there’s a wide range of that. But, again, I think the one thing that you might see is, some of the tasks that someone you’ve hired off the street is really not very productive at it because they’re really bored with it. And so, they’re going to be slower. Where you can bring in someone with a disability that they gravitate to that responsibility and they’re going to be just incredible at it.

Bill Schultz: [00:29:26] We also do what’s called support employment teams, where we’re the employer of record. And a lot of other organizations will do this. We call them support employment teams. Lots of organizations call them enclaves. So, they come to a business. The organization will be paid by the business. And then, we pay those individuals. But we show up and do the work.

Bill Schultz: [00:29:48] And we work, for example, at one of the plants for General Mills here in the Twin Cities. And this is hard work. So, we’re repackaging and making mixes for baked goods, frozen baked goods. So, it’s a cold environment, fast paced, heavy boxes. And you go in there and they are replacing temps that they hire with us. Because the quality of temps, we outperform them and we’re more reliable. So, all of those things can be attributed to someone that they hire an individual. Because it’s well suited. The folks that are there work really hard. And I mean, Mike, if you went there, you would be exhausted. And were there six hours a day, five days a week. So, I think those things are just considerations for businesses.

Mike Blake: [00:30:39] So, you mentioned something that I’d like to dig a little deeper into, because I think it’s important. And you tell me if it’s not, obviously. But one sort of subtext of what you’re describing is that many employees with a disability have a a support system around them that deeply wants them to succeed in that job. I mean, that’s their purpose in life. You ain’t doing it for the money. You’re doing it because you think it’s important, I’m sure. And your colleagues think that it’s important.

Mike Blake: [00:31:18] And, you know, there are a lot of nondisabled employees that would benefit from the same thing. That would benefit from focus, and paying attention, and showing up to work on time, and basic rules, and also work etiquette. And, also, when things aren’t going well, how do you you sort of handle that? Who do you vent to, et cetera? And it just strikes me that the benefit of having just that kind of support structure must be a massive advantage.

Mike Blake: [00:31:55] Imagine if as a manager, you know, if I had an employee that I wanted to cultivate and keep on the right track, in a professional sense, I would love to go home with that employee and sort of be around them 24/7 or have my structure around them 24/7. I cannot. But somebody with a disability may very well have somebody like you in your organization that does that. And what an awesome benefit.

Bill Schultz: [00:32:23] Yeah. True. I mean, to your point, there’s two things. One, so we’ll place someone in an organization and the manager will see what we’re doing for that person. We bring along. We help them onboard. We’ll go in and check on them occasionally. We’ll check with the manager. How are things going? What do we need to work on? What do they need to work on? Help the manager understand the individual and how to best coach them. If something comes up, we’re there.

Bill Schultz: [00:32:50] And we’ve had managers say, “Hey, I’ve got this person that could maybe use your services or the services.” So, within the the state of Minnesota, that individual just needs to go to the unemployment office – what is it? – Extended Employment Office here and demonstrate the need, whether it’s a disability or just the need for support, and they can often qualify for a certain number of hours of service to help that. So, that does happen.

Bill Schultz: [00:33:22] And we, obviously, offer support for people that are living in their home. So, it’s not just employment, but they need help organizing their bills. Because we’re trying to keep people in their homes. That’s the most cost effective way for a government. You know, if someone’s not living in a house or an apartment program where they’re paying paying a higher rate for that. So, we do a lot of that support as well. Just whether it’s socialization, managing their medical appointments, medications, bills, all those different things. You know, we try to encompass the full life, if that’s needed for the individual. Just help them be successful. Just a little bit of coaching and support goes just such a long ways in making that individual successful.

Mike Blake: [00:34:02] As an aside, I just have to say, you said something about how important it is to keep people in a home. I’ve read numerous studies that the biggest inflection point to preventing sort of a disastrous social outcome is making sure people stay in a home. Because once somebody is homeless, it’s at least ten times harder to kind of reverse that and get them off that track. So, good for you on that.

Mike Blake: [00:34:30] So, I’m going to change tack on the question here, because I want to cover both sides of this issue here. And what I want to ask is, what defines or what characterizes an organization that maybe is not a good fit for somebody with a disability? And I’ll preface this. That may be a confusing question.

Mike Blake: [00:34:58] So, to make it a little bit clearer, you know, I’m sure that you don’t have 100 percent or 1,000 batting average. You don’t have 100 percent success with every candidate. And I’m sure that in every case where there has not been success, I’m sure it has not always been the candidate’s fault. There may be some organizations that simply don’t have the infrastructure, culture, understanding, whatever it is, to properly onboard, manage, and cultivate somebody with a disability.

Mike Blake: [00:35:29] So, that’s a long winded way of simply getting to the question of, you know, what’s a warning sign of an organization that might have some work to do on itself before it really would be a good place to find a professional or a working home for somebody with a disability?

Bill Schultz: [00:35:47] Sure. I kind of see that in two questions. So, I want to answer the first part. I think when you’re looking at an individual with a disability and what might not be a good fit, it’s like any position you’re going to hire for anyone. And does that individual have the right skillset to meet the needs of the job? Because you could hire somebody and it’s like, “I need you to be an engineer.” And if they don’t have a background in engineering, they’re going to fail.

Bill Schultz: [00:36:14] So, if you’re going to hire someone with a disability that maybe has a mobility issue, and you’re in a warehouse environment with forklifts flying around, and they might be crossing that traffic, that might not be a good fit for the individual. But there’s also going to be a job coach that’s going to say, “Yeah. Probably not a good fit for this individual.” So, I think that’s one thing, is just, it’s going to depend on that person.

Bill Schultz: [00:36:39] One of the things that we’ve seen where, I think, businesses are successful with, one, having an open mind and flexibility around the individuals. And we see this grow over time because businesses will try to, typically, be either jaded. They had a bad experience, and it didn’t work out, and they won’t give it a second try. It’s just like, if I had a bad employee, I’m not ever hiring another employee again. But that’s not going to work for your business.

Bill Schultz: [00:37:02] So, I would say, you know, open your mind and just work with that organization, the job coach, to understand what it needs to support that person. Because we’ll see that be successful. And then, that business will hire more because they can see the success in it.

Bill Schultz: [00:37:20] Another area, this is an example of a fast food, where we have someone working at a well-known fast food place and wildly successful. This individual has some specific behaviors that would be triggered. But the manager understood those. He knew how to de-escalate things. It never happened in front of customers, but they could handle it well. Well, this manager went on vacation. They had somebody come in somewhere else. This person had that trigger. It showed that behavior to that manager. And the manager said, “This is intolerable. You’re fired.” So, they fired somebody that worked there for years just because they didn’t understand.

Bill Schultz: [00:37:57] So, there wasn’t proper training on the hand over is one thing that we’ll see where you’ve got a good employee, they just act in a unique way in certain situations. And that person knew how to handle it and this person didn’t. And the way they reacted was to terminate the employee.

Mike Blake: [00:38:14] So, that’s interesting. So, it sounds to me that, in particular, if you are an organization that maybe doesn’t have a lot of experience or history with hiring people with disabilities, it may be a good idea to pave the way for that with some sort of training, I guess, right? Because you do have to manage differently. You may even need to alter your culture to some extent.

Bill Schultz: [00:38:42] Yeah. We’ll do training. Sometimes they’ll just want to have the direct manager do it. We also did a grant initiative to help understand where are some of the barriers. And one of the things we learned that’s really helpful – and maybe you’ve had this experience – so you go on to a new job and you’re trying to figure out things. Where’s the coffee maker? What’s the culture like? What if this happened? And your relationship is just with your manager, and you want to have that relationship.

Bill Schultz: [00:39:13] So, if you can bring on somebody with a disability and it goes with any employer and have like a mentor for them that’s not their manager, they have someone to go to, you know, they can ask any kind of question to and also just another support for the individual. That really help them be successful.

Bill Schultz: [00:39:29] One of the things we also did was, we had funding where we paid the wages. So, one of the biggest barriers is employers haven’t done it. And there’s a risk of, “Oh, I don’t want to do this.” So, we would say, “Okay. Here’s, basically, an internship and we’re going to pay the wages for this individual for three weeks. You try it.” It doesn’t work out, they just walk away. And we had, I think, 80 percent of the people were hired after those three weeks.

Bill Schultz: [00:39:57] So, it’s just getting over that initial concern. And, really, we need to demystify that, if you hire someone with disability, you can’t fire them because of discrimination. That’s just not the case. And, again, usually the organization is going to come with a job coach. I would certainly recommend that. I think it just is going to make the individual and the business successful. And they can help you remove that person if it’s just not going to be a right fit, and they can find something else.

Mike Blake: [00:40:24] What’s a favorite success story that your organization has had with an individual that it’s just been a great experience? Maybe you have a ton of them you can’t pick, but I hope you can pick one because I would like to give our audience an understanding kind of what the ceiling looks like.

Bill Schultz: [00:40:42] Well, holy cow, there’s such a wide range. We have somebody that’s a certified nurse assistant at the VA. I think that’s been a real success. We placed people, again, with autism and maybe they don’t need as much support, in technology jobs. And, you know, it’s funny because they’re making way more money than their job coach is making, which is fine.

Bill Schultz: [00:41:08] I think one of the success stories that I like is, we have a lot of people that come to us just for job development and will go out in the community. We have other people that come – we have locations – and they’ll come to us for work and they work for us or they come for enrichment. And we had somebody that came in to us, really severe autism, and basically wouldn’t even make eye contact with people, and just had his nose in a book. A big guy, he’s like 6’4″, a couple hundred pounds, not very verbal. And we just worked with him over the years. And he wanted to work. His dream was to work at Potbelly was really his goal.

Bill Schultz: [00:41:48] And we worked with him and just slowly developed these skills where he could interact with people and got him, you know, more and more skills. And then, we were able to to get him a job at Potbelly, where he worked cleaning the area where you eat. So, that’s just one of the great stories, I think, because it just shows anybody with the right support can be successful. It just depends on where they’re starting from. And that was just a great story to see because he came through so many challenges. And the perseverance of our team to get him there and fulfill his goal of working at Potbelly was really exciting.

Mike Blake: [00:42:25] We’re talking with Bill Schultz, who’s President and CEO of Opportunity Partners. And the topic is, Should I hire someone with a disability? So, another question I’m sure that our audience would like to get an understanding of is, what are some best practices in terms of working with an employee with a disability? We talked sort of in generalities in terms of being flexible. I’m sure patience is part of it. But I think those are features of a company. But in terms of best practices and for day-to-day management to maximize that person’s value and performance, do you have any best practices you can share?

Bill Schultz: [00:43:11] Sure. I think that the biggest thing is, they’re coming with a job coach. Be open with the job coach. There’ll be some different corporate policies that, either we wouldn’t be able to access their schedule or get access to them on site or talk with their manager, because I think that’s just so successful. We can say, “Here’s John, and John’s going to have these kind of behaviors or challenges. And this is how you might handle this situation. What are the things you want, John, to do? Let’s go over that.” They will develop that checklist for the individual and work with them on those things.

Bill Schultz: [00:43:45] Then, say, “Okay. If John’s going to have downtime, how does he handle downtime?” Because John might not know what to do if there’s not. So, he needs some kind of direction. So, they’ll work through those learning things. So, I think it’s really important to know that working with a job coach is just going to steepen your learning curve so much and make that individual and that business more successful in doing that.

Mike Blake: [00:44:11] Kudos to you, by the way, for using steeping the learning curve correctly. Most people don’t. That drives me crazy. So, well done. You get a Decision Vision gold star. So, you’re in Minnesota, do you work across the country or are you regional? And if so, are there other organizations in different parts of the country that can help with more localized potential opportunity matches?

Bill Schultz: [00:44:40] Yeah. As a matter of fact, we’re just in Minnesota, but there are all kinds of organizations just like ours across the country, great organizations. They can just search disability organization and they will find those. You know, Google will be their friend.

Mike Blake: [00:44:59] Now, we talked a little bit about, you know, what kind of environments may not be optimal for hiring somebody with a disability. And I’m curious, I think a lot of us, just because they’re visible, we tend to associate the disabled with food service, hospitality, retail to some extent. Is that by accident or are there certain industries that tend to be a better match than others?

Bill Schultz: [00:45:31] Well, those are pretty common. It’s across the board, though. You know, it’s retail. We have an I.T. tech specialist that works for the Minnesota Department of Health. We have people that work for the Transportation Department. We have people that work at Lane Bryant or a rehabilitation center, retirement communities. Boy, it’s all over the place. But restaurants, convenience stores, stocking, manufacturing is really pretty common, so all kinds of different manufacturers, industrial things, where there usually is some kind of support. And, again, doing those tasks that they don’t want to have those higher paid skilled workers doing so they can off board that work and really focus those people on doing those things.

Mike Blake: [00:46:30] Bill, we’re running out of time and I have questions I’d hope to ask, but we’re not going to get to. But if somebody listening has a question that they want to address or maybe go deeper than we are able to in a question we did cover, are you willing to talk to them? And if so, how can people contact you for more information about this topic?

Bill Schultz: [00:46:48] For sure. Just have them reference my name Bill and email at info@opportunities – that’s plural – .org.

Mike Blake: [00:46:57] Very good. Well, that’s going to wrap it up for today’s program. I’d like to thank Bill Schultz so much for joining us and sharing his expertise with us.

Mike Blake: [00:47:05] We’ll be exploring a new topic each week. So, please tune in so that when you’re faced with your next business decision, you have clear vision when making it. If you enjoy these podcasts, please consider leaving a review with your favorite podcast aggregator. It helps people find us that we can help them. If you like to engage with me on social media with my Chart of the Day and other content, I’m on LinkedIn as myself and @unblakeable on Facebook, Twitter, Clubhouse, and Instagram. Once again, this is Mike Blake. Our sponsor is Brady Ware & Company. And this has been the Decision Vision podcast.

 

Tagged With: Asperger syndrome, Autism, Bill Schultz, Brady Ware, Brady Ware & Company, disabled adults, intellectual and developmental disability, Mike Blake, Opportunity Partners

The Art of Improv and Business – An Interview with Andrea Flack-Wetherald (Inspiring Women, Episode 32)

May 11, 2021 by John Ray

Andrea-Flack-Wetherald-Inspiring-Women-Album
Inspiring Women PodCast with Betty Collins
The Art of Improv and Business - An Interview with Andrea Flack-Wetherald (Inspiring Women, Episode 32)
Loading
00:00 /
RSS Feed
Share
Link
Embed

Download file

Andrea-Flack-Wetherald-Inspiring-Women-Album

The Art of Improv and Business – An Interview with Andrea Flack-Wetherald (Inspiring Women, Episode 32)

Andrea Flack-Wetherald joined host Betty Collins to share her journey from corporate to comedy to mindful improv. She shared why she teaches curiosity over judgment, how she helps teams improve communications and their overall effectiveness, and much more. “Inspiring Women” is presented by Brady Ware & Company.

Betty’s Show Notes

“Improv, in one sense, is being present in this moment with curiosity instead of judgment and being empowered to know that I have the ability to build something different if I don’t like how it is right now.”

My guest, Andrea Flack-Wetherald, loves improv. She discovered it during a particularly acute season of personal and professional transition.

She also loves mindfulness practice. Combining the fun of improv with the quiet power of mindfulness is the work she does with her clients. Her company, &Beyond, helps elevate company teams to a new level of effective production.

Mindful improv, it sounds scary to a lot of people. In this episode, you’re going to learn the difference between habits and circumstances. And you’re really going to learn that this not just changing you but changing culture. And about the stories that we develop in our minds about people, or the company we work for, or the culture we live in.

And by the way, you’ve been improvising all your life. So this isn’t something new to learn, it’s just recognizing it’s a part of you.

This is THE podcast that advances women toward economic, social and political achievement. Hosted by Betty Collins, CPA, and Director at Brady Ware and Company. Betty also serves as the Committee Chair for Empowering Women, and Director of the Brady Ware Women Initiative. Each episode is presented by Brady Ware and Company, committed to empowering women to go their distance in the workplace and at home.

For more information, go to the Resources page at Brady Ware and Company.

Remember to follow this podcast on Apple Podcasts and Google Podcasts.  And forward our podcast along to other Inspiring Women in your life.

TRANSCRIPT

00:00:00] Betty Collins
Today, I’m going to go out on a limb, taking on a subject matter that I know really not a lot about, but I’m intrigued by it. The topic is mindful improv. I have an expert today who’s going to educate my audience, but they’re also going to- she’s going to educate me. So, we’ll see how this goes. We’ll see how improv we are. If you want different results in your business, though, maybe you need to do something different, and that would apply to any area of your life. So, taking a chance on a new approach, maybe that’s just what you need to do, or at least be open to it.

[00:00:39] Betty Collins
So, what attracts me to this guest is the different approach for a very common issue that we all have in business, and certainly in our society, which is conflict and division. And maybe we just need to navigate through these times we live, with a different method and approach. The overall goal when she goes in and helps businesses or places, even nonprofits, we’ll talk about that, is to help the leaders in that business navigate conflict effectively, and restore unity in the group, and ultimately achieve whatever their goal is together, and I say that in all caps, if you saw this on one of my social media accounts.

[00:01:26] Betty Collins
My guest is a professional woman with a lot of passion, who I know because of her dad. We went to the same college back in 1984, so it tells you how old I am, and probably how old she is. And he introduced us thinking we might be a good pair. I have great stories about Ron, but we’ll focus on improv instead. Andrea Flack-Wetherald holds a BSW from Bluffton University, and spent the early part of her career working on a research project, focused on addiction-related behavior.

[00:02:04] Betty Collins
Andrea gained training and performance experience as an improviser in Pittsburgh in New York City, before beginning to investigate that they overlap, maybe, between an improv ability to adapt to rapid change, and the scientific aspects of behavior. Again, I told you this was going to be a lot different. The evidence-based methods, though, studied by scientists in helping the professions, and the very practical skills improvisers use to build confidence, collaboration and effective communication in rapidly-changing environments.

[00:02:37] Betty Collins
The result is a unique, immersive learning experience that has been transforming, empowering leaders, HR personnel, and those cultural stakeholders for the past four years. It’s really what she’s built her company on. Outside of her corporate work, Andrea founded the Peace Building Conspirators, which is a diverse, multifaith, non-partisan, online community. Listen to that. Let’s say it again, a diverse, multifaith, non-partisan, online community that’s dedicated to the uses of mindful improv for healing relationships across the political divide, and building a peaceful, just beautiful future for our country.

[00:03:20] Betty Collins
That’s another whole podcast for another time, but what a great way to give back to your community, and to something that’s really needed. So, I have some questions, definitely, for you, but welcome today, Andrea. I know that you are in process of doing school at home, getting to your office, having all those things. So, before we get into the questions, just tell us a little about you.

[00:03:50] Andrea Flack-Wetherald
So, I’m Ron’s daughter, as you know noted. And it was interesting leaving the Canton Nazarene community when I moved here to Pittsburgh, because it was the first time that saying, “Ron’s last daughter,” didn’t really mean anything to people. So, I had to grow to this point with my own chance, so to speak. But in all seriousness, my husband and I have lived here in Pittsburgh for about 11 years. We met at a small Mennonite school in Western Ohio, and then came to the big city.

[00:04:32] Andrea Flack-Wetherald
That’s kind of a joke because Pittsburgh is not that huge of a city, but compared to the small Mennonite community where we lived, it’s ginormous. And yeah, we’ve just been building our lives together, figuring out what we’re going to do with our careers, and with our passions. And we were fortunate in 2019 to adopt our two children after a pretty long journey with foster care, that was really hard, but also very informative about really what mindful improv is to me.

[00:05:05] Andrea Flack-Wetherald
It really gave me an interesting opportunity to put some of these ideas about engaging vulnerable, delicate, high-stakes confrontation, really put that stuff to the test because there are few circumstances I’ve encountered that are as uncomfortable, and as delicate as the experience of being in family court, and the experience of navigating our children’s birth family, and wanting to really do a good job of honoring who these people are to them, while at the same time acknowledging some of the adult realities that they don’t understand.

[00:05:40] Andrea Flack-Wetherald
Anyhow, there’s a lot of perspectives that have fed into the work that I do. But I think it’s all connected, we’re all human people, and it’s been really fascinating. There were a few trainings or speaking engagements and things in some of those really tough chapters of our foster care experience, where I would be crying in my car and then have to pull it together, and go in, and do this work.

[00:06:05] Andrea Flack-Wetherald
I found that the more often that I was just real about that energy at the beginning, the more frequently people would be like, “You know what, we’re actually a foster family, too.” Or, “I grew up in foster care.” Behind the nametag, behind the job title, this person isn’t just the chief bean counter at XYZ company, they’re a human person. And these experiences are more shared than we realize.
Anyhow, that’s a lot of information to a short question, but I think it’s all [CROSSTALK]

[00:06:31] Betty Collins
That’s okay. It’s actually a great set to go to the questions, because this is personal for you, as well as this is what you do professionally. So, it all connects. So, I love your who-are-you? story. It went long, but okay. I’m good.

[00:06:50] Andrea Flack-Wetherald
The work that I’m teaching other people, it’s not just stuff that sounds good, it’s stuff that I have to use in my daily life. So, I swear by it because I see it work.

[00:07:00] Betty Collins
Well, how did you end up then? You were in corporate America, and you went to comedy. Let’s start there.

[00:07:07] Andrea Flack-Wetherald
A left turn not many people in my life saw coming. So, when I was working at the Behavioral Change, the research study that you mentioned when you were reading my bio, it was focused on smoking cessation, but certainly focused on a variety of aspects, of when someone is experiencing addiction and trying to make a behavior change. While I was working there, I had this idea for a tech startup. And so, I was, in the evenings, working on this idea with one of my coworkers, who also worked at the study. We’re pitching at Startup Weekend and doing all this, and we actually won.

[00:07:50] Andrea Flack-Wetherald
Part of our package that we won was a membership to the Pittsburgh Tech Council. They offered this free training that was called Improv for CEOs. And even though I was 23 and didn’t know what I was doing at all, I was technically the CEO of this idea, in any way that you can be the CEO of an idea. So, I got to go to this workshop, and I went- honestly, I don’t know what possessed me to go to this thing, other than I love to connect with people through laughter, and it seemed like it would be fun.

[00:08:21] Andrea Flack-Wetherald
A lot of my life was just burning the candle at both ends, and so, I think I just wanted a little break. So, I was prepared for it to be fun, I was not prepared for it to be so meaningful. And it was like, we got in there and it’s all about being in the moment, and listening beyond your comfort zone, and being sacrificial in the way you’d support your scene partners, even if you don’t totally understand their ideas yet. Even if you’re sure that they’re wrong or they misheard the audience suggestion. So, being brave enough to offer your own contributions, instead of just hanging out on the sidelines, watching other people do it.

[00:08:59] Andrea Flack-Wetherald
So, there’s all these skills that were happening in the moment, and I was watching these other CEOs. I called them real CEOs at the time, but I’ve listened to another [INAUDIBLE] -centered podcasts since then, to know I shouldn’t say that. You know I’m watching these grown, adult men be silly in front of each other, and watching the sweat, the sweat on their temples as they decide whether or not they were seriously going to let their guard down, and be vulnerable in that way in front of people in their professional network.

[00:09:31] Andrea Flack-Wetherald
And I just sat there thinking, “Oh, my God. This is way bigger than what anyone in this room maybe sees.” These skills will change these people’s lives. If they sign up for improv classes and they keep doing this for real, we are going to learn a whole new way for being professionals in America. And so, that’s how I got started. This idea planted in my brain, and I was like, “Doug, what we’re doing here, these are evidence-based.”

[00:10:01] Andrea Flack-Wetherald
We understand the benefits of mindfulness practice, for example. We understand from a social science perspective what’s happening in someone’s brain when they really try to become something different than what they’ve been before. We understand what is happening when they jump from one bucket to the next, in this then, theoretical model, which I don’t know how far down the rabbit hole we want to go on this interview.

[00:10:29] Betty Collins
But I think that you’ve explained- obviously, you were in corporate America, already using science, already very aware of science on behavior. And then you saw comedy people, and letting their guard down. But if you could wrap your- in one sentence. Wrap for me or say, “My mindful improv is-,” how would you break that into one sentence? Because we’ve got to give people insight, because it’s not common.

[00:11:04] Andrea Flack-Wetherald
So, mindful improv is being present in the current moment, and first of all, choosing curiosity instead of judgment, about whatever is happening around you. That’s the first part; choosing curiosity instead of judgment. That’s the mindfulness piece. The improv piece is very empowering, because that’s about the understanding that, this will be what I build it to be.

[00:11:32] Andrea Flack-Wetherald
I am creating this in this moment alongside somebody else. It’s not prescribed for me, we’re building it together. So, it’s, mindful improv in one sentence is, being present in this moment with curiosity instead of judgment, and being empowered to know that I have the ability to build something different if I don’t like how it is right now.

[00:11:55] Betty Collins
Got it. So, what I want you to do after this podcast is email that to me, because I want that somewhere on my wall. I love how that rolls. And that’s a great way to say it. It definitely gives my audience in me, “Okay, now, that all makes sense. Wow.” And at the same time, you’re going, “That’s a lot. That’s a lot to think on.” So, my podcast is to inspire women, and I have a lot who are business owners, or they’re women in business, or they just, for whatever reason, like listening to Betty Collins ramble, I don’t know. But how can we apply mindful improv to business? What’s the connection?

[00:12:40] Andrea Flack-Wetherald
So, there are lots and lots of connections, and there are some that are more superficial than others. I started out with the business application of sales, because when I worked in corporate, I was the director of marketing at a different company here in Pittsburgh. And I was getting sales calls all day long from people, and just thinking, I would feel so much less throat-punchy if any of these people had taken an improv class, and they were actually listening to me, instead of just reading from a script.

[00:13:12] Andrea Flack-Wetherald
It’s so irritating to feel like we are not having a human conversation right now. So, my first instinct was, let me teach sales to people, and help them have a normal human being connection, as they’re doing business development, basically. So, that was my first inclination, but as I started doing that, I realized, “Well, what I really care about so much more is empathetic leaders who care so much about culture, helping them build a culture that consistently is in alignment with their values.”

[00:13:47] Andrea Flack-Wetherald
Because as I started going into companies, what I realized is, even when people- when their employers, or whatever are telling you that there’s such a toxic culture, and whatever, what I’ve realized is that I go into the office, and on occasion, it’s been my job to have the hard conversation that others don’t want to have with a certain leader, or whatever. I’m expecting cloven hooves and a tail, based on what people have been saying. Then I get in there and realize it is not their intention for it to be this way. They’re more aware than they realize- than other people realize, is what I meant to say, ofthe cultural issues, and their role in it.

[00:14:27] Andrea Flack-Wetherald
More often than not, when you give someone an environment that’s safe to be real, and they don’t feel like they have to be defensive and whatever, they’ll be honest. Most people are not stupid. People tell me all the time, “So-and-so is a sociopath,” or, “They’re, whatever.” People love to tell me that everyone is a narcissist. And as a social worker, I’m like, “Okay, well, that’s a diagnosable personality disorder.” I don’t actually think that the majority of leaders, or the majority of managers are narcissists, or sociopaths, or whatever.

[00:15:00] Andrea Flack-Wetherald
Anyhow, the deepest application for me that I have chosen to use, because like I said, there are a lot of them, when it just comes to, “Help us be more creative in our quarterly planning meeting or whatever.” I used to do that type of thing. But now, what I really care about is, build a culture that consistently matches your values. And how we do that is by modeling that behavior, day in and day out, of being vulnerable, and in the way that you handle confrontation.

[00:15:31] Andrea Flack-Wetherald
Because culture is really determined- it’s not determined by the posters on your wall. It’s really determined by the moments when people are being vulnerable, and how you respond to that. So, vulnerable is, we’re brainstorming and I’m pitching an idea that’s bold. Instead of a safe vanilla idea, I’m pitching something that feels a little bit scary. How is that received? Don’t ask people for amazing ideas if they know they’re going to get laughed at, even a little bit. Those, we call them micro aggressions, that let people know, “Oh, really? Your vulnerability is not welcome here. Your dangerous idea, no, thanks.”

[00:16:10] Andrea Flack-Wetherald
How do you respond when people are advocating for themselves, when they’re saying, I need paternity leave, or whatever the case may be? I want this type of opportunity, I want a promotion, I want a raise. What is the infrastructure for you to consistently be who you intend to be, day in and day out? So, some of these things might sound really tactical, but the reality is, if it were so easy to just implement, have your HR person implement a checklist, everyone would have done it by now. The reality is that, in between the checklist is a lot of improv. I’ve never said it like that before, but I’m really glad I just did it, because I mean it.

[00:16:47] Betty Collins
I love that.

[00:16:47] Andrea Flack-Wetherald
In between those checklist components is improv, and it’s how you respond in your day-to-day communication with people, how you show up, what is people’s lived experience with you as a leader? And so much of that is about mindful improv; being in the moment, being present in the moment with curiosity instead of judgment, and giving yourself permission to build something different than what you thought you were building five minutes ago.

[00:17:15] Betty Collins
Well, I would tell you that you probably surprise a lot of your clients when you do get there, and you give that much openness and that much freedom, is what I hear. So, probably, there’s a little bit of, “Hey, this is terrifying,” right?

[00:17:34] Andrea Flack-Wetherald
Yeah.

[00:17:34] Betty Collins
So, most people would think of this as terrifying. Even my audience might well be hearing you, going, “This would be a scary thing, or never work in my office.”

[00:17:42] Andrea Flack-Wetherald
To do improv, yes.

[00:17:42] Betty Collins
So, what do you say to people who say, “This will never work in our office, and they would be way too intimidated and this is terrifying.” What would you say to them, simply to get them to consider it?

[00:17:58] Andrea Flack-Wetherald
Well, the first thing that I would say is, you’ve been an improviser your whole life. We’ve all been doing improv, improv isn’t scary. We are improvising right now. Nobody was given a playbook on how their life was going to go the day they were born. You’ve been improvising since your very first infantile desire to connect with another person; those first smiles, the first time you realized, when I do this, my parents laugh.

[00:18:25] Andrea Flack-Wetherald
You’ve been improvising your entire life, you couldn’t be more equipped to be a fantastic improviser. What’s scary is performance. That’s what’s scary; feeling put on the spot, and, “Oh, I better say something funny.” So, most of the time when people say they’re scared of improv, what they’re really scared of is performance. Because, as I’ve said, we’ve been improvising our whole lives.

[00:18:47] Andrea Flack-Wetherald
So, in order to make these workshops push people to the perfect point where they’re out of their comfort zone, which is critical; we have to be vulnerable, we have to be courageous, but we don’t need to be traumatized. And so, to toe that line, I’ve just removed the performance component. So, all of the activities that happen, happen in a way that is psychologically safe, as we say, in the world of social science, to make sure people feel like they can participate without being put on the spot.

[00:19:15] Betty Collins
And you’ve always intrigued me as I’ve watched you on LinkedIn, or seen this subject matter, and certainly for a CPA. And at the same time, this type of method, this type of mindset could really, I think, change your organization, change that culture, which then changes the organization. So, I just wanted my audience to know more about it. My last question for you, Andrea, is, what is the most important thing that you’ve learned as an improviser, now that you’ve done all your life, but actually been intentional about it as a company in a profession, that you see has helped leaders in the professional setting?

[00:19:56] Andrea Flack-Wetherald
It really is the curiosity over judgment piece. And sometimes, that’s difficult to hear, or sometimes, better said, sometimes it’s more receivable to say curiosity instead of certainty. Because I think people are like, “I’m not judgmental, I’m open-minded.” And everyone wants to talk about innovation. So, the reality is that, when you walk in, and you’re certain that you know what kind of person you’re dealing with. And so, it’s about the story that we’ve been telling ourselves.

[00:20:25] Andrea Flack-Wetherald
I think the most, what I’ve heard in the feedback, because, of course, I do evaluations every time. And so, what I’ve heard in the feedback is that, the most impactful component of this is the permission and the tools for changing the story you tell yourself, about your boss or your team, or, “I’m not going to start working on this project that I think we really need to be working on at this company, whatever it is, until I have such-and-such a person in place.” We got to get these problems ironed out.

[00:20:57] Andrea Flack-Wetherald
The story there, is, it’s not perfect yet. I don’t have the perfect team in place. I can very clearly see the ways that different people are imperfect, the way that Todd is ruining our culture, or whatever it is. There’s always this very clear story people have been telling themselves, and they’re so used to telling that story. And it’s like, “Listen, you might have evidence,” and they always do.

[00:21:21] Andrea Flack-Wetherald
They always are like, “Do you want to see the emails? I can prove it. You’re not going to believe what he said to me.” And I’m like, “I believe you. I’m not here to tell you that you’re a liar.” I’m here to say that we are all more than the worst thing about us. And if we wait forever, if we wait for perfect scene partners in order to make bold choices, in order to get started on being the kind of culture, the kind of team that we want to be, if we’re waiting for perfect circumstances, you’re going to wait forever, and you will never get started.”

[00:21:50] Andrea Flack-Wetherald
The other piece of advice that I always give people, that I think is pretty critical in this work, is that, habits don’t change as quickly as circumstances do. And really, all of the things that I teach people, I tell people in every training, I don’t talk about listening skills, I talk about listening hygiene because a skill is like driving a stick shift or playing the piano. After a while, you can phone it in; you don’t have to be present-minded with it.

[00:22:16] Andrea Flack-Wetherald
That’s not what listening is, that’s not what improv is, that’s not what communicating is. You need to be present in this moment, and it’s more like hygiene. You didn’t get to learn about showering in sixth grade or whenever you do your hygiene stuff, and be like, “Sweet, I’m clean now.” It takes proactive effort every day, or you’re going to stink. That won’t be because something’s wrong with you, it’ll be because your body is functioning as it should.

[00:22:40] Andrea Flack-Wetherald
And so, when we see people and they’re, “stinky”, for the purposes of this analogy, it’s really easy to get stuck proving to yourself, and proving to anyone who will listen to you, that they stink, that they have fallen off with their listening hygiene, their communication hygiene, instead of realizing, “Okay. Well, how can I encourage hygiene? Maybe I can provide soap, instead of deciding that this person isn’t worth my time, or that this is a critical problem.”

[00:22:40] Andrea Flack-Wetherald
Those habits that you make of deciding what kind of person you’re dealing with, and then getting married to that story, those habits don’t change as quickly as circumstances do. That person could leave your team tomorrow, and you will still be the kind of person, to use your own language, “That’s just decided, I’m going to commit to this narrative. I am going to be constantly stacking people up, and evaluating, and deciding who’s worth my time and investment, and who’s not.” Or, “I’m the kind of leader that is looking for problems instead of solutions.” Do you get what I’m saying?

[00:23:48] Betty Collins
Oh, I do.

[00:23:50] Andrea Flack-Wetherald
Those habits that you make in your brain, they don’t change as fast as circumstances do. I had a client who was stuck on this awful hamster wheel with this investor that they hated, and they had grown from- these numbers are not exactly- it was something like 15 employees to 70 employees in a year, which in startup world is just insane.

[00:24:08] Betty Collins
That was crazy.

[00:24:08] Andrea Flack-Wetherald
And so, that changes everything about your culture. So, I was working with the newly-hired HR person about, how can we address some of these culture issues? And when I was talking with their leaders, they were like, “Well, we can’t really do anything about this, because this investor, this investor, this investor.” And it’s like, “In six months this person might not be here, and you’re still building a culture where we’re pretty much addicted to worry, at this point.” Anyhow, so I didn’t mean to ramble, you can cut the last five minutes out of your time.

[00:24:38] Betty Collins
No, that’s perfectly fine. You fit in right with my podcast, it’s what I do. But I do want to wrap it up. First, I want to say thank you for coming today, in between virtual school, or kids home school, and your office, and all the stuff that is going on. And spending time with my audience is very appreciated. And again, I want you to leave them with that one sentence on what is mindful improv, because I love it, but I will never be able to say it back. So, to just give us that last tidbit.

[00:25:09] Andrea Flack-Wetherald
Absolutely. So, mindful improv is, first of all, being present in this moment with curiosity instead of judgment.

[00:25:09] Betty Collins
Got it.

[00:25:18] Andrea Flack-Wetherald
And second of all, being empowered to know that you are currently building whatever is going to come next, and you have the freedom to decide what will happen next. You’re building it with your scene partner, it’s not decided for you.

[00:25:32] Betty Collins
That’s perfect. Now, how could we find you? I know you’re probably on all kinds of social media platforms, and your contact information, but give us the place that just gets us to you. What’s your website?

[00:25:46] Andrea Flack-Wetherald
Andbeyondimprov.com is where you can go. If you’re interested in doing an improv workshop, that’s great. I do a lot of- well, in a pre- pandemic world, I loved speaking at events. When events are a thing again, I will be glad to speak at your event. I also do more individual coaching, that’s less of the workshop, improv game stuff, and more, really, down into the heart of leadership. But yeah, you can find all of that information at andbeyondimprov.com.

[00:26:19] Betty Collins
Well, today we learn. If you want different results, try a different approach. I think this has a lot to it, I think we just touched the surface of it today. And we will have all kinds of information about Andrea and her companies that you’ll be able to find on this podcast, so you can connect to her. And I’m Betty Collins, and I’m so glad you joined me today. Inspiring women, it’s what I do. And I leave you with this; being strong speaks of strength, but being courageous speaks to having a will to do more and overcome.

 

Betty Collins, CPA, Brady Ware & Company and Host of the “Inspiring Women” Podcast

Betty Collins is the Office Lead for Brady Ware’s Columbus office and a Shareholder in the firm. Betty joined Brady Ware & Company in 2012 through a merger with Nipps, Brown, Collins & Associates. She started her career in public accounting in 1988. Betty is co-leader of the Long Term Care service team, which helps providers of services to Individuals with Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities and nursing centers establish effective operational models that also maximize available funding. She consults with other small businesses, helping them prosper with advice on general operations management, cash flow optimization, and tax minimization strategies.

In addition, Betty serves on the Board of Directors for Brady Ware and Company. She leads Brady Ware’s Women’s Initiative, a program designed to empower female employees, allowing them to tap into unique resources and unleash their full potential.  Betty helps her colleagues create a work/life balance while inspiring them to set and reach personal and professional goals. The Women’s Initiative promotes women-to-women business relationships for clients and holds an annual conference that supports women business owners, women leaders, and other women who want to succeed. Betty actively participates in women-oriented conferences through speaking engagements and board activity.

Betty is a member of the National Association of Women Business Owners (NAWBO) and she is the President-elect for the Columbus Chapter. Brady Ware also partners with the Women’s Small Business Accelerator (WSBA), an organization designed to help female business owners develop and implement a strong business strategy through education and mentorship, and Betty participates in their mentor match program. She is passionate about WSBA because she believes in their acceleration program and matching women with the right advisors to help them achieve their business ownership goals. Betty supports the WSBA and NAWBO because these organizations deliver resources that help other women-owned and managed businesses thrive.

Betty is a graduate of Mount Vernon Nazarene College, a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, and a member of the Ohio Society of Certified Public Accountants. Betty is also the Board Chairwoman for the Gahanna Area Chamber of Commerce, and she serves on the Board of the Community Improvement Corporation of Gahanna as Treasurer.

“Inspiring Women” Podcast Series

This is THE podcast that advances women toward economic, social and political achievement. The show is hosted by Betty Collins, CPA; Betty is a Director at Brady Ware & Company. Betty also serves as the Committee Chair for Empowering Women, and Director of the Brady Ware Women Initiative. Each episode is presented by Brady Ware & Company, committed to empowering women to go their distance in the workplace and at home. For more information, go to the Resources page at Brady Ware & Company.

Remember to follow this podcast on Apple Podcasts and Google Podcasts. And forward our podcast along to other Inspiring Women in your life.

The complete “Inspiring Women” show archive can be found here.

Tagged With: Andrea Flack-Wetherald, Betty Collins, Brady Ware, Brady Ware & Company, curiosity, improv, The Art Of Improv And Business

Decision Vision Episode 115:  Should I Become a Caregiver? – An Interview with Rayna Neises, A Season of Caring

May 6, 2021 by John Ray

A Season of Caring
Decision Vision
Decision Vision Episode 115:  Should I Become a Caregiver? - An Interview with Rayna Neises, A Season of Caring
Loading
00:00 /
RSS Feed
Share
Link
Embed

Download file

A Season of Caring

Decision Vision Episode 115:  Should I Become a Caregiver? – An Interview with Rayna Neises, A Season of Caring

Caregiving might seem like a topic which doesn’t fit a business podcast, yet when the need to act as a caregiver to a parent or other family member arises, a career or business is affected. Rayna Neises, who journeyed through her own seasons of caring with parents affected by Alzheimer’s, joined host Mike Blake to address issues and questions which arise for caregivers in these circumstances. Decision Vision is presented by Brady Ware & Company.

Rayna Neises, Certified Coach/ Author, A Season of Caring

A Season of Caring
Rayna Neises, Coach/Author, A Season of Caring

A Season of Caring is owned and operated by Rayna Neises an ICF Associate Certified Coach with certifications in both Life and Leadership Coaching from the Professional Christian Coaching Institute. She specializes in supporting those who are in a season of caring for an aging parent.  A Season of Caring offers private coaching, monthly online support groups, a variety of workshops with a membership option coming soon.
Caregivers don’t need to aimlessly wander through this season, they can have the guidance and support they need in order to be able to look back with no regrets once they have walked their parent all the way home.

Rayna has also published a book with Morgan James Publishing sharing heartwarming stories and practical takeaways from her experience of caring for her father in the last years of his journey with Alzheimer’s.  No Regrets: Hope for Your Caregiving Season is a must-read.

Rayna is the host of “A Season of Caring”, a weekly podcast where she interviews family caregivers and caring professionals to offer Hope for Living, Loving and Caring with No Regrets to her listeners.

Rayna lost both of her parents to Alzheimer’s disease twenty years apart. After her season of caring for her dad through his journey, she founded A Season of Caring Coaching where she offers encouragement, support, and resources aimed at preventing family caregivers from aimlessly wandering through this important season of life.

Rayna lives on a farm in southeast Kansas with her husband, Ron, and a small pack of dogs. She is the baby of her family, but most would never guess that. She is a former teacher and enjoys crafts of all kinds and spending time with her grandkids most of all.

Mike Blake, Brady Ware & Company

Mike Blake, Host of the “Decision Vision” podcast series

Michael Blake is the host of the Decision Vision podcast series and a Director of Brady Ware & Company. Mike specializes in the valuation of intellectual property-driven firms, such as software firms, aerospace firms, and professional services firms, most frequently in the capacity as a transaction advisor, helping clients obtain great outcomes from complex transaction opportunities. He is also a specialist in the appraisal of intellectual properties as stand-alone assets, such as software, trade secrets, and patents.

Mike has been a full-time business appraiser for 13 years with public accounting firms, boutique business appraisal firms, and an owner of his own firm. Prior to that, he spent 8 years in venture capital and investment banking, including transactions in the U.S., Israel, Russia, Ukraine, and Belarus.

Brady Ware & Company

Brady Ware & Company is a regional full-service accounting and advisory firm which helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality. Brady Ware services clients nationally from its offices in Alpharetta, GA; Columbus and Dayton, OH; and Richmond, IN. The firm is growth-minded, committed to the regions in which they operate, and most importantly, they make significant investments in their people and service offerings to meet the changing financial needs of those they are privileged to serve. The firm is dedicated to providing results that make a difference for its clients.

Decision Vision Podcast Series

Decision Vision is a podcast covering topics and issues facing small business owners and connecting them with solutions from leading experts. This series is presented by Brady Ware & Company. If you are a decision-maker for a small business, we’d love to hear from you. Contact us at decisionvision@bradyware.com and make sure to listen to every Thursday to the Decision Vision podcast.

Past episodes of Decision Vision can be found at decisionvisionpodcast.com. Decision Vision is produced and broadcast by the North Fulton studio of Business RadioX®.

Connect with Brady Ware & Company:

Website | LinkedIn | Facebook | Twitter | Instagram

TRANSCRIPT

Intro: [00:00:01] Welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast series focusing on critical business decisions. Brought to you by Brady Ware & Company. Brady Ware is a regional full-service accounting and advisory firm that helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality.

Mike Blake: [00:00:21] Welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast giving you, the listener, clear vision to make great decisions. In each episode, we discuss the process of decision making on a different topic from the business owners’ or executives’ perspective. We aren’t necessarily telling you what to do, but we can put you in a position to make an informed decision on your own and understand when you might need help along the way.

Mike Blake: [00:00:40] My name is Mike Blake, and I’m your host for today’s program. I’m a director at Brady Ware & Company, a full-service accounting firm based in Dayton, Ohio, with offices in Dayton; Columbus, Ohio; Richmond, Indiana; and Alpharetta, Georgia. Brady Ware is sponsoring this podcast, which is being recorded in Atlanta per social distancing protocols. If you like to engage with me on social media, with my Chart of the Day and other content, I’m on LinkedIn as myself and @unblakeable on Facebook, Twitter, Clubhouse, and Instagram. If you like this podcast, please subscribe on your favorite podcast aggregator, and please consider leaving a review of the podcast as well.

Mike Blake: [00:01:14] Today’s topic is, should I become a caregiver? And this may seem like a strange topic for a business podcast, but, you know, I think this is one of these topics where personal life and corporate life necessarily merge into one another, or maybe collide – might be the better term – into one another. According to estimates from the National Alliance for Caregiving, during the past year, 65.7 million Americans or 29 percent of the U.S. adult population served as family caregivers for an ill or disabled relative. So, that means that there’s a three out of ten chance in a given year that we are going to find ourselves, at a minimum, a caregiving opportunity, if not ultimately a caregiving position.

Mike Blake: [00:02:13] And while some of us may be in a position to simply retire or leave the workforce, not all of us will be. And even if you are in that position, you are going to be forced to make a difficult decision. But the fact of the matter is, I think for most people – I don’t know if it’s a fact. But I certainly think it’s hard to argue – the sudden responsibility that you assume to become a caregiver for another human being is potentially all consuming, all absorbing. And by necessity, just as we do when we are parents, we are going to have to balance the priorities of caring for, if you’re a parent, your children, or as a caregiver for the people under your charge, and your professional responsibilities. And the reality is that on some occasions somebody’s going to lose. Somebody is just not going to get your best because you’re choosing to give your best elsewhere based on whatever your priorities are at that particular time. So, for many of us, this is going to become a real thing.

Mike Blake: [00:03:26] And I have a personal story to share, not nearly on the on the level of that of our guest. But about four years ago, I was visiting my parents in Boston. And the day before I was going to leave, I thought I was going to go take on a Red Sox game. At the very last second, I said, “You know what? It’s just the Tampa Bay Rays anyway, I’m not going to bother. I’ll watch the game at home.” And so, I sat down to watch the game at home. My dad was going to join me. Long story short, he basically had a stroke right in front of me. And, I’ve never seen somebody – frankly, I didn’t know he had a stroke. I just knew something was not right.

Mike Blake: [00:04:09] And my parents live in a fairly large house. My mother was on an entirely different floor. And, you know, long story short, because I was there, an ambulance was at our house within ten minutes. And that, at a minimum, saved his life and also probably saved him from massive brain damage as well. And I believe I’m not the hero of the story. I just happened to be in the right place at the right time and I hit the panic button. That’s all I did.

Mike Blake: [00:04:34] But it did sort of drawn a very sharp focus that, had things gone differently, that I could have been put in a position of being a caregiver. My mother, she’s still independent, but I don’t know that she’d be in a position to do that entirely on her own. But the point is, there before the grace of God, I still have my father, thankfully. And there before the grace of God, I may have been in a caregiver position for a long time. And I live in Atlanta doing that from Boston and it could have been a lot of upheaval.

Mike Blake: [00:05:04] So, it did sort of ram home that that day may be coming for me. At some point, it may be coming for all of us. And as I said, there are business implications to that. So, that’s why I’m doing this topic on a business program, because the decision to care for a family member or not is, perhaps, one of the most consequential decisions you may ever make in your professional life because it will have such far ranging impacts.

Mike Blake: [00:05:33] So, joining us today is Rayna Neises, who is literally one of the nicest people I’ve ever met. And that’s how I remember how to pronounce the name. But she’s founder of a coaching company called A Season of Caring. And she is an ICF, International Coaching Federation, Associate Certified Coach with certifications in both life and leadership coaching from the Professional Christian Coaching Institute. She specializes in supporting those who are in a season of caring for an aging parent. A Season of Caring offers private coaching, monthly online support groups, and a variety of workshops to the membership option coming soon.

Mike Blake: [00:06:09] Rayna has also published a book with Morgan James Publishing, sharing heartwarming stories and practical takeaways from her experience of caring for her father in the last years of his journey with Alzheimer’s Disease. No Regrets: Hope for Your Caregiving Season is a must read, especially if you find yourself as a potential or actual Alzheimer’s caregiver. Rayna is the host of A Season of Caring, a weekly podcast where she interviews family caregivers and caring professionals to offer hope for living, loving, and caring with no regrets to her listeners.

Mike Blake: [00:06:40] Rayna lives on a farm in southeast Kansas with her husband Ron and a small pack of dogs. She is the baby of her family, but most would never guess that. She is a former teacher and enjoys crafts of all kinds and spending time with her grandkids, most of all. I think you’re our first guest from Kansas, so thank you for representing the great State of Kansas. Rayna. welcome to the program.

Rayna Neises: [00:06:59] Thank you. It’s great to be here.

Mike Blake: [00:07:01] So, Rayna, I’ve not had a chance to read your book, and I don’t want you to give us spoilers necessary. But I’d like to invite you to share with our listeners your caregiving journey and how that prompted you then to be an advocate for caregivers and someone who teaches other caregivers how to be the best caregivers they can be.

Rayna Neises: [00:07:27] Well, I have the story actually nobody wants to have. I’ve actually lost both of my parents to Alzheimer’s Disease. I was 16 years old when my mom was diagnosed, she was just 53. And she was able to live at home for the 12 year journey through the disease with my dad, who took the option of early retirement to take care of her in the home. And so, just seven years after her passing, my dad was diagnosed with Alzheimer’s. He lived 14 years with the disease and passed away in his home just in June of ’18.

Rayna Neises: [00:08:04] So, we’ve had caregiving a part of our lives. My sister and I, most of our lives. But definitely for me, when dad was diagnosed, we sat down and had a conversation where he asked to stay at home as long as possible. And so, that was something that we kind of had to define and figure out. And about nine years into his diagnosis, he had cancer, skin cancer, had surgery, and the recovery was just really difficult. He had MRSA and some other complications. And his ability to care for his own daily needs just declined quickly. He was living with his sister at the time and she just couldn’t handle it all.

Rayna Neises: [00:08:45] So, we reached a point as a family that we had to make the decision, what are we going to do? And so, looking at memory care units and just trying to decide what was going to work best. Thankfully, my husband just said, “You know, if you don’t see your dad doing well there, then if you need to move here -” which was 220 miles away from our farm “- to care for him, then you need to do that.” And so, I was able to then stop and say, “Okay. What does this look like?” And make plans to do that and recruit help. And so, with my sister, his sister, and paid caregivers, we were able to keep my dad at home for the last four-and-a-half years of his life.

Rayna Neises: [00:09:21] And through that journey, just like you said, so many times, it’s, you know, how do I do this and be a good employee? How do I do this and be a good boss? There’s so many pieces because it impacts everything of your life. And really being able to navigate that without losing your life and losing things that are important to you, your marriage, your job, your career, all of those things, you have to do it intentionally. And so, after my season of caring for my dad, I just really decided to pivot my business and start to focus in on others that are finding themselves in that place. And that’s how I came up with the book as well, as just really what’s the most important things I need to tell people who are walking this journey or just starting out this journey.

Mike Blake: [00:10:08] So, I’m going to go off script a little bit here, because I think I have a better question than the one I originally thought of, and that is, how do you describe to somebody who isn’t already a caregiver what that experience is like? Is it even possible without a common frame of reference? Or do you have to be in that position to really have any hope of understanding what that means?

Rayna Neises: [00:10:33] I think it’s a really tough line to walk, because, first of all, you hate to paint this horrible picture of what it’s going to look like. But the reality is, it’s not easy. There’s really nothing easy about it. And so, I think it is difficult for people to understand. Number one, majority of people just don’t even want to think about it. They don’t want to think about their parents getting older. If their parents get older, they’re getting older. And it’s just a lot. It impacts every area of your life. And so, unless you’re in the middle of it, it is difficult.

Rayna Neises: [00:11:06] But I guess my goal is to help people start thinking about it now. Because the more conversations you have with your family, your parents, whoever it is that needs you to care for them, the more you talk about what they really want, what’s important to them, the more you understand and the more you can make steps in that direction.

Mike Blake: [00:11:26] So, can you describe whether it’s from your client’s or your own perspective, or however it is you choose to approach it, what are the physical and mental tolls that becoming a caregiver takes on that person?

Rayna Neises: [00:11:45] You know, again, every situation is different, you know that. And, really, I think just watching someone age is difficult. I mean, your parents are the people who have known you your whole life. And they’ve always been there for you. And they’ve done things for you. They provided for you. They’ve been support, but they’ve also been that one that kind of shows you how to do it, who taught you to walk, who taught you to talk. You know, all of those things came from them.

Rayna Neises: [00:12:10] So, emotionally, there are so many emotions that are involved in caregiving. There’s that grief, it’s anticipatory grief is what they call it. And it’s anticipating things that are no longer going to be the same that you experienced all the time. They’re little things, like mom can’t make the same pumpkin pie that you’ve always had for Thanksgiving, because she doesn’t remember, or it’s not safe for her to cook anymore, or she’s gone.

Rayna Neises: [00:12:38] You know, my dad and I were in business together, and we found that those business meetings that he had always been – he was an accountant – where he was able to bring his expertise of people management and money management to our business together, which I was doing the hands-on running, he just got to a point where it was too confusing. There was too much for him to be able to really take the information in and problem solve with me. That was a loss. I mean, you’re losing the normal relationship that you’ve had, no matter what the situation is.

Rayna Neises: [00:13:11] And physically, there’s just a lot of stress involved, whether it be physical stress of needing to physically – you know, there were times that my dad’s blood pressure would drop and he would collapse, and physically getting him off of the floor into a safe place. Lack of sleep as a caregiver. Oftentimes, when you’re caring for someone, you’re on the alert. Just like you are when you have a young infant, you’re listening for every little thing to be able to come in. So, lack of sleep, eating habits, just all of those things can really fall to the wayside unless we’re intentional. And that’s where, you know, I feel that I can provide the most support for caregivers, is, asking them to check in, asking them to be able to really see where they are, and if they’re taking care of themselves or not.

Mike Blake: [00:13:58] So, as somebody comes to you and looks for coaching and maybe they’re in mid-caregiver mode, or maybe they realize they’re about to embark upon that responsibility, what sort of the beginner’s crash course – when you have that first conversation, how do you prepare them for the awesome responsibility that they’re considering or maybe they’re about to take on, whether considering or not or maybe they just have to? How do you prepare them for that?

Rayna Neises: [00:14:28] So, the main thing is to start with an inventory of where is your life right now. You know, when I stepped into this caregiving role of driving 220 miles one way to my dad’s home, I was teaching four-and-a-half days a week, I had a high school or at home, I had volunteer responsibilities at my church, and kids getting married. There were all kinds of things happening in our lives that are really full plates. So, adding this additional responsibility on top of what I already had really didn’t make sense.

Rayna Neises: [00:14:55] And so, for a period of time, I needed to ride out those responsibilities. But, eventually, I had to move some of those things off of my plate to really make room for caregiving and at the same time have some white space. Because if we don’t have margin in our life, we’re not going to make it. So, really having that conversation of what’s most important to you right now, and what can you let go of, and how are you going to make room in your life for this important role.

Mike Blake: [00:15:23] Now, I suspect, but I don’t know. But I suspect that also another part of this equation is that, you know, as a caregiver or as a caregiver to a new individual, if you will, I may also already have some sort of caregiving responsibilities, right? You mentioned you are a mom of a high schooler. And we know right now, for good or ill, mom, still, they really carry the meal in the household. And what sort of toll does it take on the family that, all of a sudden, has to share and is not going to get – for lack of a better term – the level of service they’re used to from somebody who now has an entirely new caregiving responsibility? And that caregiving responsibility may be more labor intensive than the one they’ve already got.

Rayna Neises: [00:16:17] Important key, you have to get everybody on board and you have to make them understand what we’re looking at. And I would say, the most important thing, the first step is to evaluate where you are and what you have room for. But the other thing is, it doesn’t mean that you have to do it all. You have got to build your team. You have to find the people to support you. So, yes, I went, but I went three days a week. And I brought people in to take care of the other three days so I could be with my family the other three days. So, I brought in help at home. I brought in someone to help clean my house. I brought in someone to clean my dad’s house.

Rayna Neises: [00:16:54] You know, just because it needs to be done, doesn’t mean you have to put your superhero cape on and do it. In fact, you need to take that super hero cape off and find people to help you. Everybody needs their sidekicks. And the more that you build into your team, the better you’re going to be, the healthier you’re going to be, and the longer you’re going to be able to sustain it.

Mike Blake: [00:17:13] I think that’s a really important point. And I want to kind of pause on that for a second, because, again, going back to the parenting model, because that’s the only one that I know in this kind of context. We’ve heard that it takes a village to raise a child. And there is at least a notion, whether or not it’s implemented all the time – again, not this podcast – that good child raising is a community responsibility. If we can, we look out for each other’s children. We try to impart a certain culture, a certain ethos, certain values system, sense of community, et cetera. And your notion that it takes a team to be a caregiver, I think is so important. Where does that team typically come from? Who are the team members?

Rayna Neises: [00:18:05] That’s a great question. I think part of what the struggle is that people assume it’s going to be family. We’re going to all just come together, and we’re all going to get along, and we’re all going to do the same thing, and we’re all going to contribute the same amount. And that is not true. It doesn’t happen. My family was very unusual. And then, I have one sister, and she and I both, we really worked together, we made a lot of sacrifices together. We did not find a lot of conflict. In fact, in my book, again, I say, we found a new relationship, a stronger relationship when we came together to care for my dad.

Rayna Neises: [00:18:38] But, typically, people find that they have these expectations that no one lives up to. And so, there’s a lot of frustration, a lot of feeling dumped on often. And that’s because they’re not looking beyond the family. Point blank, not everyone has the same natural capacity to be a caregiver as others. And so, if you find yourself being that person, great. But don’t expect everyone to be you. So, you have to look outside.

Rayna Neises: [00:19:06] So, I mentioned someone to clean my house. Yard people, I think, are part of the team. Medical people are definitely part of the team. Paid caregivers are part of that team. I believe your employer needs to be a part of that team, because they need to understand what it looks like and what your responsibilities are. The person you’re caring for needs to be a part of that team, because they need to be cooperative and they need to be helpful in that situation. As well as legal and financial professionals. I think we have to build this full capacity team to really help us to meet all of the needs.

Mike Blake: [00:19:40] And, you know, you bring up an interesting point that it doesn’t necessarily have to be family members. In fact, a lot of those team members probably won’t, right? I am qualified to mow a lawn. I’m even qualified to cook to a limited extent, as long as your standard is that it won’t kill you, but it won’t taste all that great. But, you know, I’m not qualified to provide legal advice. I don’t think I’d ever want to manage my parents money, because I have a sister. And there are all kinds of just bad things that can happen just optically when one family member sort of manages money, and that can get very ugly, as I’m sure you’ve seen or heard about.

Rayna Neises: [00:20:23] So, it’s interesting that a lot of that team may very well come from outside of the family. And, you know, I wonder if, in fact, there’s another touch point here with business that, probably some of your skills that may have led one to be successful in business, life management, time management, motivation, coaching, prioritizing resources, et cetera. You know, maybe there are skills from the business world that actually help make this more effective. What do you think about that?

Rayna Neises: [00:20:59] Definitely, 100 percent. I think the more that you realize that this is a team and that you’re managing a team, the stronger you’re going to be. You have to hire, you have to fire, you have to make sure that all of those needs are met. People are working within their strengths and that they are pulling their weight. If they aren’t, then you need to make an adjustment to that team.

Rayna Neises: [00:21:19] And I think that brought a lot of strength to our team, is, my background in business in the comfort level of interviewing, whether it be companies that we were hiring to provide help or individuals. And then, also, I think that business perspective, we aren’t successful individually. We have to have the support that we need. And even if we’re a solopreneur, we need support. And you’re smart enough to know that what’s not your strength is not where you need to be. And so, hire. It’s just like you do in the office.

Mike Blake: [00:21:54] So, one question I’m curious about is, of course, becoming a caregiver is a life changing experience – life altering experience. Not life changing. Though it could be, I guess, from a spiritual perspective. But just life altering in terms of how you’re going to live your life for some possibly indefinite period of time. How long do you find it takes people to adjust to that new reality? And I think that question is important so that people understand, maybe if they’re not perfect right away, they should cut themselves some slack. Because it seems to me this is life shift that would require some sort of breaking in period.

Rayna Neises: [00:22:40] Yeah. I think it definitely does. And it totally depends on the situation. Sometimes people have a slow, gradual step into needing to support their parents. They’re starting to see things like needing help around the yard or cleaning the gutters, those types of things. Some people, it’s a sudden stroke or an accident that suddenly demands a lot of time. And so, I think initially, like anything, we have to just respond. If it’s a crisis, we’ve got to realize it’s a crisis and we’re going to respond in that. And it’s going to take a lot of our time initially. And then, as we find that we build that team that we need to have, we bring in others and we can find more of that balance that we need in life in general to make it.

Rayna Neises: [00:23:27] So, that’s a part of life. We have to integrate caregiving. We cannot allow it to become all of our lives or we’re going to regret that. And so, you know, making sure that we’re integrating it in and we’re making our lives what we want them to be. Both honoring those that were caring for and ourselves and our other family members, I think, is a really crucial piece of that.

Rayna Neises: [00:23:49] The other part that I think oftentimes people overlook is, at the end of life, how important it is to understand this is going to be unlike any other time. It’s going to last as long as it takes. But at the same time, it’s going to take a lot out of our lives, and a lot of our time, a lot of our energy. I know at the time when I lost my mom, it was a six week process of just finally saying goodbye. And at the same time, I had a job and I had other things that I needed to do. But it’s a matter of realizing that some seasons within this caregiving are going to be more demanding than others.

Mike Blake: [00:24:31] A question I want to make sure that I get to is this, caregiving, of course, is one of the ultimate acts of service. And the thought going on in my mind is, I wonder if everybody is really cut out to be a caregiver. And what I’m really getting to is that, are there people in certain circumstances that maybe shouldn’t be a very active caregiver unless they absolutely have to? Are there certain personality profiles? Are there certain physical limitations? You know, frankly, are there people that just have a hard enough time taking care of themselves and then adding somebody else’s wellbeing is just not a good match for that person? Is that a profile or do you think that anybody can adapt with sufficient motivation and time to becoming a caregiver?

Rayna Neises: [00:25:24] I think it’s actually a really wise thing to realize that there are different personalities and there are some that are going to do and respond better than others. Again, different types of illnesses require different types of personalities, probably, or physical strength. You know, if a person is bed ridden, then obviously not everyone is physically able. Someone has a bad back, they’re not able to do some of the things that need to be done for a person who’s aging to make sure that they’re safe – the person they’re caring for is safe, successfully get them off of the floor or stop them from falling.

Rayna Neises: [00:26:02] Another piece of that I think is just, if you’re looking at someone who has dementia – which the numbers are high, that over 35 percent of the people over the age of 65 have some form of dementia – it is very trying to take care of them at times. The repeated questions, the lack of processing, they’re non-ability to understand what’s happening. You know, you really do have to be a certain type of personality to find the way to interact with them.

Rayna Neises: [00:26:37] That being said, I think that people think of caregiving as the hands-on piece only. And I think that that’s where we missed the boat a lot of times. The physical needs of the person we’re caring for are important, and definitely we want someone who’s competent and compassionate doing that. But if you are a child, you have a role in your parents life, no matter if you’re the hands-on person or not. No one can replace you as their daughter or son.

Mike Blake: [00:27:07] So, what are some tips that an individual who finds himself in that position – and you’ve hinted at it, but I’m confident that it’s a highly stressful, emotionally demanding position to be in. What are some tips that you give to people in terms of their own selfcare so that they can, frankly, hold up under that stress?

Rayna Neises: [00:27:35] It is definitely a stressful situation. And I think realizing, number one, that’s part of why I encourage people to take on the caregiver name. Because I think when we realize that we are a caregiver, we do then embrace the fact that there’s more stress in our lives than just being a daughter or son supporting an aging parent. But, you know, like anything dealing with stress, there’s definitely things to do that you need to do, get good sleep, drink plenty of water, get those exercise.

Rayna Neises: [00:28:05] But that’s where the emotional side comes in. I find that most people need to really take time to process the emotions, to grieve the losses, the changes in life, the things that will never look the same again because their parents are not able to be that same person that they were when they were younger. And really take the time to reflect. So, I say you need to be intentional with the commitments that you make and with the things that you choose to keep in your life during the season. And then, at the same time, you need to be reflective. So, each time, once a week, whatever it is, schedule time to stop and check in with yourself. How am I doing? What do I need to do differently? And a lot of times just the question, how am I doing?

Rayna Neises: [00:28:53] I might have had a really rough weekend with my dad. I might have had a time where I was not patient with him or as patient as I wanted to be. Or I might have gotten frustrated with another caregiver and the fact that they didn’t write down that something was used up in the house. And so, we didn’t have catch up when we needed it for our hotdogs, whatever it was. That frustration, that irritability, usually, when I really took the time to step back and look at it, it was because there was something else going on. Either I wasn’t getting enough rest or I was frustrated with myself and didn’t respond well.

Rayna Neises: [00:29:28] Really reflecting, and understanding those emotions, and taking the time to work through the emotions, ride through the emotions, and get the support that you need. I’m a huge advocate for support groups. I think that they can bring a lot of encouragement and normalcy to your life in that season. And so, really finding the support that you need, whatever that looks like, if it’s a coach or support group, counselor, making sure that you’re caring for yourself in that way.

Mike Blake: [00:29:55] So, you mentioned the emotional toll – and maybe I’m putting words in your mouth – but it sounds like it can be something of a roller coaster.

Rayna Neises: [00:30:03] Definitely.

Mike Blake: [00:30:05] I’d like to talk about one emotion in particular, and that is, at the end of that season. All caregiving stints are going to end one way or the other. And I have some thirdhand experience with this because I’ve been involved as a volunteer with Lou Gehrig’s disease advocacy groups. And of course, that’s basically Alzheimer’s of the body.

Mike Blake: [00:30:32] And, you know, something that I’ve heard from caregivers in that scenario is, the most difficult or one of the most difficult emotions that those caregivers have to address or confront is their sense of relief and the guilt that they face around that relief. That, yes, they’re sad that their loved one has died and they miss that person terribly. But on the other hand, suddenly their obligation, a massive obligation, has ended and they can resume their lives. So, their lives have become significantly unburdeneAll right. And, again, thirdhand, I’ve heard that, that in itself can be a different kind of trauma, if you will. Have you heard or experienced something similar? And if so, how do people kind of deal with and work through that?

Rayna Neises: [00:31:29] I think that that’s a normal piece of grief. And society today, I don’t think we really acknowledge grief or understand grief. We think of it as these stages and steps. And really, that’s not what it is. It’s those steps, those stages, that we hear about are pieces of the grief. But they can happen simultaneously. You can move forward. You can move backwards. You dance within the grief throughout the season.

Rayna Neises: [00:31:56] So, I think definitely it is unsettling when you have spent so much of your time and so much of your energy focused in on one person or one activity. And especially by the point in time when you lose that person, because like I mentioned earlier, it’s one of those things that that amount of time, that commitment, is going to increase at the end of your loved one’s life. It just is. And so, that’s something that you have spent a great deal of time with them there at the end. And then, suddenly, like you said, they’re gone.

Rayna Neises: [00:32:33] For me, personally, I called it an untethering. The best description I had was, my dad was my last parent. He was kind of my always come back to home place and then he was gone, and that was very difficult. I did not expect grief to be as overwhelming for me as it was. I knew that I agreed throughout my season. I knew that it was coming. I mean, we’re taking care of someone with a terminal illness, but it is still surprising when you reach the end. And at the same time, I think it can be very unsettling.

Rayna Neises: [00:33:15] I called it grief brain. I found myself not being able to accomplish tasks that I had accomplished in the same period of time. Sometimes it took twice as long. It was exhausting. I found myself tired when I didn’t do anything. And so, it was a long period of time that I was thankful I had counsel to just rest, and to allow it to be what it was, and to be in the grief, and not to try to push through it or to try to ignore it.

Rayna Neises: [00:33:45] So, I think for everybody, it’s different. Like, all emotions, I think, it definitely is a time where it’s surprising. And, for me, honestly, that’s where the name of my book came from. As I looked back, I didn’t regret what I did. I didn’t regret investing as much of my time and energy in my dad, and building the memories, and having the opportunities of the joy that we experienced during that four-and-a-half years that I spent with him. I was able to look back and say, “I don’t regret any of those things that I did.”

Rayna Neises: [00:34:15] And, for me, taking that experience and pivoting with my business was part of what helped me move forward. So, I think it’s important to find what you can take from that time. And, for me, it was important for me to give to others and that really helped to move me forward and out of that grief.

Mike Blake: [00:34:37] And I wonder also if one is in that position for, you know, years, that that becomes part of your identity as well. And part of your identity is passing away right along with the relative.

Rayna Neises: [00:34:55] Definitely.

Mike Blake: [00:34:55] And, again, I’m being amateur psychologist here. But that does sound like that would be jarring.

Rayna Neises: [00:35:03] And I think that’s part of why I think it’s so important to teach people, just like anything else, just like workaholism, all of those things can become extreme. Even as a caregiver, if that is all that you have in your life, you’re going to find yourself even more in a depth of depression and struggling with how to go forward. If you maintain a healthy life with caring, being integrated into part of it, then you’re going to find yourself having a marriage to walk back into, having a relationship with your children and other friends. You know, those things are still there. If you neglect them for the entire time that you’re in a caregiving season, you’re going to find that they aren’t there and you’re going to be, you know, in a lot worse shape.

Mike Blake: [00:35:49] We’re talking to Rayna Neises. And the topic is, Should I become a caregiver? I want to switch gears a little bit to talk a little bit more directly about managing the professional side of one’s life in this kind of scenario, the caregiver scenario. And one question I’d like to cover is, if you have an employer, how do you approach that conversation with an employer about being a caregiver? And I guess giving them a heads up that this is going on and you just want to make your employer aware of it. How do you approach that? And what do you hope to achieve with your employer by having that conversation?

Rayna Neises: [00:36:36] So, in my employee/employer situations, I think I’ve been as a teacher and then, also, working in other industries that just having that personal relationship with my boss. So, I just made sure that I made an appointment, went in and just said, “This is where we’re at. My mom is progressing in her disease. We’ve reached a point where we think we’re going to lose her. I just want you to be aware that we’re probably talking within weeks that she’s going to pass away. And remind me again the policy of how long I can be gone and those kinds of questions.”

Rayna Neises: [00:37:11] If you’re not at the end, then I think just letting them know that this is something that’s going on in my personal life, and that I have the support that I need to be able to continue to do what I need to do here at work. But I do want you to know there might be emergencies that come up here or there and that I’ll do the best I can to juggle as I need to.

Rayna Neises: [00:37:31] But I think knowing that you have family leave time or a leave time to be able to take those loved ones to the doctor’s appointments or do those things that you need to do, it’s important to be communicating that those are going to be needed. At the same time, I think as an employee, it’s really important to honor your responsibilities and make sure that you have the support that you need to be able to continue to do the best you can at your work.

Rayna Neises: [00:37:56] And, also, to deal with your emotional needs. You know, just because you’re in this season doesn’t mean it’s okay to not be healthy. So, if you need to get the support of a counselor or other people in that way, too, I think that’s important. Because your job, they need you to perform the best that you can at that point.

Mike Blake: [00:38:15] So, on the other side of the coin, how can employers be supportive of caregivers – assuming this is desired – so that they can remain employed by the company and still deliver the value or at least most of the value that they have been delivering?

Rayna Neises: [00:38:31] I think at this time with COVID, we’ve learned that working from home actually can have a good productivity. And so, being flexible and open to options that are available for your employee, I think, is an important piece of that. Realizing that emergencies are going to creep up. And just like you have a new mom who has a tendency to have a sick child and need to be at home more than a person who’s in this season of their life is probably going to find themselves needing to go to doctor’s appointments, needing to take off at last minute a little bit more than they probably did before they took on this role.

Rayna Neises: [00:39:08] So, I think there’s just an understanding of them being willing. They are trying to do the best that they can and not feeling like they’re using that as an excuse. But rather being supportive and that helping to problem solve, being flexible with their schedule as far as allowing them to come in and make up hours or stay late on another day if they need to leave for a doctor’s appointment, those types of things. I think just even as the boss asking the question “How’s mom doing?” can really help that employee feel appreciated, understood, and just build that loyalty even more.

Mike Blake: [00:39:43] Rayna, this has been a great conversation. We could go so much more in depth, but probably the best thing to do is to refer people to your book. You certainly can learn a lot of lessons from that, I’m sure. But aside from that, if people have questions we haven’t addressed or if there’s something they’d like to go into more depth than we were able to today, can they reach out to you? And if so, what’s the best way to contact you for more information?

Rayna Neises: [00:40:06] Definitely. So, my website is aseasonofcaring.com. And there’s a contact form on there, you can make a time to schedule a time to talk. I would be more than happy to answer any questions to try to support people in any way that I can. You can also find out more about the book at noregrets-book.com. And there’s some preorder offers available here for the next month or so. And then, you can just find it at all major retailers after June 1st.

Mike Blake: [00:40:34] Well, that’s going to wrap it up for today’s program. I’d like to thank Rayna Neises so much for joining us and sharing her expertise with us.

Mike Blake: [00:40:41] We’ll be exploring a new topic each week, so please tune in so that when you’re faced with your next business decision, you have clear vision when making it. If you enjoy these podcasts, please consider leaving a review with your favorite podcast aggregator. It helps people find us that we can help them. If you like to engage with me on social media with my Chart of the Day and other content, I’m on LinkedIn as myself and @unblakeable on Facebook, Twitter, Clubhouse, and Instagram. Once again, this is Mike Blake. Our sponsor is Brady Ware & Company. And this has been the Decision Vision podcast.

 

Tagged With: A Season of Caring, Brady Ware, Brady Ware & Company, Caregivers, caregiving, elder care, Michael Blake, Mike Blake, No Regrets, Rayna Neises

Decision Vision Episode 114: Should I Let My Children Take Over the Business? – An Interview with David Ray and Matthew DiCicco of Eubel, Brady & Suttman

April 29, 2021 by John Ray

Eubel, Brady & Suttman
Decision Vision
Decision Vision Episode 114: Should I Let My Children Take Over the Business? - An Interview with David Ray and Matthew DiCicco of Eubel, Brady & Suttman
Loading
00:00 /
RSS Feed
Share
Link
Embed

Download file

Eubel, Brady & Suttman

Decision Vision Episode 114:  Should I Let My Children Take Over the Business? – An Interview with David Ray and Matthew DiCicco of Eubel, Brady & Suttman

Only one in nine businesses make it to the third generation of family ownership. David Ray and Matthew DiCicco of Eubel, Brady & Suttman joined Mike Blake to cover some of the financial and psychological issues of transferring a business to the next generation, and the factors which go into that decision. “Decision Vision” is presented by Brady Ware & Company.

Eubel, Brady & Suttman Investment and Wealth Management

Eubel Brady & Suttman was formed when three friends came together as business partners more than two and a half decades ago. From the very beginning, a high value has been placed on trust, friendships, caring for clients, long-term investment results and a single value-oriented investment philosophy focused on absolute rather than relative returns. EBS clients are business partners and often become friends. They strive to communicate accordingly – being as transparent as possible. For EBS, Investing in You is about taking the time to learn what is important to every client, those they care about and how the firm’s investment and wealth management processes might provide them peace of mind.

Company website

David Ray, Chief Operating Officer, Eubel, Brady & Suttman

Eubel, Brady & Suttman
David Ray, Chief Operating Officer, Eubel, Brady & Suttman
David is responsible for the day-to-day business operations for the firm. He is also a member of the Consulting Services Group where he works with individual clients and business owners. David has 38 years of corporate management experience. Prior to joining EBS in 2003, he worked in various financial and management capacities at The Berry Company and as Chief Financial Officer of AcuSport Corporation. David holds a B.S. degree in Accounting from Wright State University in Dayton, Ohio and an M.B.A. from the University of Dayton in Dayton, Ohio.

 

Matthew DiCicco, Senior Vice President of Consulting Services & General Counsel, Eubel, Brady & Suttman

Matthew DiCicco, Senior VP Wealth Management / General Counsel

Matt is responsible for developing long-term relationships with high net worth individuals and business owners, and serving as the firm’s general counsel. He takes a collaborative approach and applies the experience gained through his prior law practice to help clients address their unique circumstances. Prior to joining EBS in 2016, Matt practiced law in the private sector for more than 15 years. He holds a B.A. degree in Psychology from Gannon University in Erie, Pennsylvania and a J.D. from the University of Dayton in Dayton, Ohio.

 

Mike Blake, Brady Ware & Company

Mike Blake, Host of the “Decision Vision” podcast series

Michael Blake is the host of the “Decision Vision” podcast series and a Director of Brady Ware & Company. Mike specializes in the valuation of intellectual property-driven firms, such as software firms, aerospace firms, and professional services firms, most frequently in the capacity as a transaction advisor, helping clients obtain great outcomes from complex transaction opportunities. He is also a specialist in the appraisal of intellectual properties as stand-alone assets, such as software, trade secrets, and patents.

Mike has been a full-time business appraiser for 13 years with public accounting firms, boutique business appraisal firms, and an owner of his own firm. Prior to that, he spent 8 years in venture capital and investment banking, including transactions in the U.S., Israel, Russia, Ukraine, and Belarus.

Brady Ware & Company

Brady Ware & Company is a regional full-service accounting and advisory firm which helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality. Brady Ware services clients nationally from its offices in Alpharetta, GA; Columbus and Dayton, OH; and Richmond, IN. The firm is growth-minded, committed to the regions in which they operate, and most importantly, they make significant investments in their people and service offerings to meet the changing financial needs of those they are privileged to serve. The firm is dedicated to providing results that make a difference for its clients.

Decision Vision Podcast Series

“Decision Vision” is a podcast covering topics and issues facing small business owners and connecting them with solutions from leading experts. This series is presented by Brady Ware & Company. If you are a decision-maker for a small business, we’d love to hear from you. Contact us at decisionvision@bradyware.com and make sure to listen to every Thursday to the “Decision Vision” podcast.

Past episodes of “Decision Vision” can be found at decisionvisionpodcast.com. “Decision Vision” is produced and broadcast by the North Fulton studio of Business RadioX®.

Connect with Brady Ware & Company:

Website | LinkedIn | Facebook | Twitter | Instagram

TRANSCRIPT

Intro: [00:00:02] Welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast series focusing on critical business decisions. Brought to you by Brady Ware & Company. Brady Ware is a regional full service accounting and advisory firm that helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality.

Mike Blake: [00:00:21] Welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast giving you, the listener, clear vision to make great decisions. In each episode, we discuss the process of decision making on a different topic from the business owners’ or executives’ perspective. We aren’t necessarily telling you what to do, but we can put you in a position to make an informed decision on your own and understand when you might need help along the way.

Mike Blake: [00:00:41] My name is Mike Blake, and I’m your host for today’s program. I’m a director at Brady Ware & Company, a full service accounting firm based in Dayton, Ohio, with offices in Dayton; Columbus, Ohio; Richmond, Indiana; and Alpharetta, Georgia. Brady Ware is sponsoring this podcast, which is being recorded in Atlanta per social distancing protocols. If you would like to engage with me on social media and my Chart of the Day and other content, I’m on LinkedIn as myself, and @unblakeable on Facebook, Twitter, Clubhouse, and Instagram. If you like this podcast, please subscribe on your favorite podcast aggregator, and please consider leaving a review of the podcast as well.

Mike Blake: [00:01:15] So, today’s topic is, Should I let my children or family take over the business? And, you know, this is not a topic that people run into every day, but it is a topic that has a lot of depth to it. And most of us, if we’re not in a family business, we probably know somebody that is. And it might be a business that’s been in the family for one generation, it might be a business that’s been in the family for many generations. And, interestingly, on a side note, some of the businesses with the most longevity are insurance businesses, interestingly enough.

Mike Blake: [00:01:50] And I wonder if the fact that they have this actuarial model somehow enables them to manage risk over the long term, maybe, than other firms. But it is a fascinating topic. And I think given the way that our economy is shaping capital gains, tax changes, notwithstanding, that family businesses are going to become an increasingly important asset. You know, we live in a time of great uncertainty and there’s a lot of literature now coming out of both The Wall Street Journal and The Economist that, you know, for the time being, the notion of this risk-free rate of return of a five percent that most of us have grown up with counting on is really not in the cards.

Mike Blake: [00:02:37] People who are millennials or And Gen Xers may be fortunate to have a risk- free rate of return of two to three percent, frankly, and there are a lot of factors going into that. But I’m not going to discuss it in this particular program. But, you know, a family business is potentially a tremendous asset for wealth building, for legacy building, for taking care of one’s children or not. Warren Buffett’s been very clear, he’s not going to leave a whole lot of money to his children. Bill Gates is sort of the same way. But everybody approaches this differently.

Mike Blake: [00:03:16] And intergenerational businesses do sort of take on a life of their own. I have a few clients like that where I’ve helped them write their family business charter, the family charter, which is sort of like the constitution of how are you going to govern these things. And there are businesses that are multigenerational family businesses that are names that you may not have realized. Kikkoman, the soy sauce maker in Japan, is a business that traces back to a group of eight families that are still in ownership today, back in the 17th century. The Rothschilds date back to the 18th century back in Bavaria. Something closer to home, you know, the Fords are on their fourth generation. And the Mellon’s are in something like their sixth or seventh generation. So, you know, they are around and they may not be as visible, but they’re around.

Mike Blake: [00:04:09] So, I hope you’ll find this a very interesting topic, even if it doesn’t necessarily apply to your particular situation. Or maybe you’ll decide you want to make it a situation. If you’re just starting out with your business, maybe this will inspire you to create an asset that can be valuable to future generations to come.

Mike Blake: [00:04:28] And joining us today are David Ray and Matt DiCicco of Eubel Brady & Suttman. With over 40 years of corporate management experience, David has successfully held multiple positions within the C-Suite prior to joining EBS in 2003. Today, David is responsible for the day-to-day business operations of EBS. As a member of the Wealth Management Group, David works closely with high net worth individuals and brings the ability to assist clients with the preservation and growth of a closely held family business. David also brings a unique talent through his study of behavioral assessment and talent optimization. Using behavioral analysis, David helps business owners and clients define and develop an ideal state definition for their personal business and financial future.

Mike Blake: [00:05:12] Matt joined EBS in 2016 after practicing law in the private sector for over 15 years. Today, Matt applies his experience to serve high net worth individuals and business owner clients as a member of the Wealth Management Group of EBS. Whether a client has a family member going through divorce, a probate question, or an issue burdening their business, Matt is the legal resource to provide direction. Utilizing a proactive approach, Matt helps clients prepare for the positive and negative life issues that may impact their portfolio. Matt is also responsible for managing the legal risk within EBS’s private investments.

Mike Blake: [00:05:45] Eubel Brady & Suttman was formed when three friends came together as business partners more than two-and-a-half decades ago. From the very beginning, a high value has been placed on trust, friendships, caring for clients, long term investment results, and a single value oriented investment philosophy focused on absolute rather than relative returns. EBS’s clients are business partners and often become friends. They strive to communicate accordingly being as transparent as possible. For EBS investing in you is about taking the time to learn what is important to you, those you care about, and how the firm’s investment and wealth management processes might provide you peace of mind. David and Matt, welcome to the program.

Matthew DiCicco: [00:06:23] Thank you.

David Ray: [00:06:24] Thank you very much, Mike.

Mike Blake: [00:06:26] So, I read a statistic that indicates that something on the order of eight out of ten family businesses have no succession plan whatsoever. Do you think that’s an accurate statistic? And if so, why do you think that number is so high? And this seems high to me.

David Ray: [00:06:46] Mike, I think, one of the challenges we’ve got with answering that question is, succession, if you say you have a succession plan, I think means a lot of different things to different people. And in our experience, we would view succession plan and having one in place as having a number of elements. It would include, for example, the management succession, the depth of your bench. It would include estate and tax strategies. It would include how are you going to work with families, something you alluded to in your opening comments, kind of what is the philosophy of the family around the business, and the role of active shareholders as well as those that aren’t involved in the business.

David Ray: [00:07:33] And then, ultimately, what’s the vision for the company down the road, whether it be sold or transferred or whatever that might be. So, it’s a pretty all encompassing definition in terms of the way we look at it. And, frankly, it’s not something as a to-do item. We look at it as kind of an ongoing item that’s key in governing the business correctly.

Matthew DiCicco: [00:07:58] And, Mike, I might add to that and say, when you referenced no succession plan, I think that that implies that they have no plan at all in place. I think that most business owners have some idea of what they want to do with the business some day, some conceptual idea. Now, that conceptual idea may very well change as they become educated about their options and consequences of the different strategies they wish to employ. But I think that that statistic is high. I think that most people do have some conceptual idea of what they want to do with the business.

Mike Blake: [00:08:32] So, I want to share an observation with you, you know, it seemed to me that back in the first decade of this century, I think there are a lot of predictions that somewhere around 2010, 2011, that a lot of family businesses were going to turn over. That people simply were going to have to sell their businesses. And I think investment bankers, in particular, were kind of licking their chops saying, “Oh, boy. We’re going to have the best years ever selling all of these family businesses.” And, you know, I’m not sure that that’s necessarily happened. I think that baby boomers are hanging in their businesses longer than a lot of people would have predicted. Do you agree? Do you have a similar observation? And if so, what do you think is driving that?

David Ray: [00:09:20] I would say that that’s probably correct. We were exposed in some previous presentations to a number of over 15 million private businesses and about two-thirds of those are controlled by baby boomers, Michael. And I think, frankly, one of the things that we’ve seen with many of our business owner clients is, frankly, they’d like to be farther along than they are.

David Ray: [00:09:48] However, in many cases, for you to take on some of these succession issues related, for example, to developing your management team and your bench strength, it is the equivalent of adding a part time job. And most of the business owners I know are operating the business day-to-day, frankly, are working way more than 40 hours anyway. And so, when you look at the possibility of adding on to a part time job, that’s just something that’s not practical for them to do both. I think that’s one big issue.

David Ray: [00:10:20] And I think the other one is that, people, in some cases, get so much out of running the business and are so excited about it. That’s one of those things that’s easy to procrastinate, until there’s some kind of event where you really have to act. And we see that in many cases where you have fewer options, in fact, because of the whole situation or whatever it might be becomes a reality.

Matthew DiCicco: [00:10:47] Yeah. I may speak more to really what’s driving this. And, you know, one thing I would say is, medical advancements or living longer or healthier, valuations are high right now, so, frankly, it limits the buyer pool. And then, you know, when things are good, when you’re feeling good – pre-COVID – the business is throwing off cash, valuations in the market – I think you referred to, you know, a two to three percent risk-free rate of return – when you get a whole bunch of money for your business, now, you have to figure out what you’re going to do with that money. And there’s not a lot of good options.

Matthew DiCicco: [00:11:26] So, when you’re doing good and you’re feeling good and your business is throwing off cash, it tends to lead to procrastination. And then, you can look at all the reasons why people procrastinate in the formulation of a formal strategic plan and the implementation of a formal strategic plan. And there’s lots of reasons, right? You know, one of those is tough decisions have to be made. You’re making decisions about your baby. For some people, their lifetime of work and achievement that they almost view as being a reflection of themselves, a piece of themselves. And, you know, when you have family members involved in the business, it requires tough decisions to be made with regard to those family members.

Matthew DiCicco: [00:12:11] And then, finally, there’s finality. When you make that decision, you formulate that formal plan, you begin to implement that plan, and changes start to be made. That is a real life changing moment for some people.

Matthew DiCicco: [00:12:27] So, Mike, one of the things that the David and I work together on is utilizing what — and then that succession blueprint. We’re helping business owners proactively define what a successful transition would look like for them. And in doing that, we’ll provide insight into their own behavior and the consequences of their behavior can have on planning the transition. As well as just identifying priorities, identifying the marketability of the business, what can make it more or less valuable. As well as providing some different ranges of valuations on a roughly right type of basis.

Matthew DiCicco: [00:13:08] And helping them using one of our proprietary models identify what that retirement is going to look like and what this hypothetical pot of money is going to do for them based upon their own anticipated needs. And sometimes just providing a lot of education and peace of mind can help them get over that procrastination stumbling block and start making decisions whereby they can transfer to the next generation.

Mike Blake: [00:13:36] So, I think I’m going to want to come back to that succession blueprint. But before I do, you said something at the outset of that answer that I think I’m going to make up a new word, just subtle smart. And because of that, I want to come back because I think it’s so important and it’s easy to miss. And that is that, when you sell a business, you suddenly become an investor, especially if most of your investable assets have been locked into the business. And I think something that gets missed – and I advise my clients on too – is, when you sell your business, ostensibly, you have this big pile of cash. You now need to do something with or should do something with. And is it going to generate as high a return on a risk adjusted basis as what you are already doing?

Mike Blake: [00:14:24] And trying to map that puzzle is not as easy as it sounds. And on this I’d love you to comment, a market like what we have today, I think is actually a double edged sword. Because on one hand that may allow you to sell your business for an attractive valuation. But on the other hand, when you have a market that might be at the top – and I’m not going to I’m not going to offer hard or fast comment. I’m not a RIAA. I’m unlicensed – but if you are at a high point in the market, what kind of returns are you going to get at that particular point in time? It’s just how high can these things go in the short term?

Mike Blake: [00:15:06] And, you know, that’s a subtle question that you have to think about. And maybe that may lend to a decision to keep the business in the family simply because of a market timing issue. Every CFA in the world is just about to point a gun at my head. I’m not advocating market timing. But if you have a market environment where returns are hard to come by, I do think it’s only prudent to look at that environment when you sell your business into it. I took much more time asking that question than I should have, but I love you to react to it.

David Ray: [00:15:45] So, it’s funny, because Ronny, one of our founding partners, talks about this issue a lot with business owners and with us internally. And you’re exactly right, Michael, and I’ll use an example. I think I’ll use an example, if you had bought Cisco Systems and you really liked the company in 1999. And 20 years from then, you plan to retire. Actually, when you liquidated that 20 years later, you would have had a pretty substantial double digit loss. And it’s because Cisco sold at a very high price.

David Ray: [00:16:21] And one of the things that generally is the case is, private markets and valuations you get in sales in the privates tend to follow the public markets. And, therefore, to your point, if valuations are high and you’re getting a good number on a sale to have a private business, it’s very important that you go in with both eyes wide open from a preservation of capital standpoint. Because the last thing you really want to have somebody do is to go through and to work their tail off and then, all of a sudden, reinvest and have losses that are significant. So, I think that’s something as we work with clients, we really try to manage expectations when prices are very high in terms of that reinvestment strategy.

Matthew DiCicco: [00:17:06] Yeah. And what I would say in addition to that is, we work very hard to minimize the risk of a permanent loss of capital. So, you liquidated your business for a good number. We’re going to employ several different strategies to try to minimize any risk of you throwing it into an investment now at a high number that may ultimately come down. It may not recover by the time you’re ready to use this asset. So, that could be a whole another podcast on the different strategies [inaudible], but we do employ them.

Mike Blake: [00:17:37] So, a concern I hear – and you touched on a little bit, but I’d love you to expand upon it – frequently in transferring a business within the family is the risk of creating family strife. And for good or ill, I make a lot of money on adjudicating, in effect, or refereeing those family strife kind of issues. And I’m curious, is that a consideration that you see frequently? Is that a realistic fear? And if so, what are some tips you can provide to manage it or even assess if that family strife even is manageable?

David Ray: [00:18:12] Well, to answer your question, we see it a lot particularly in situations where you have some family members who are active in the business, may have a managerial role, but may have an employee role, whatever it might be. And then, you also have other folks who live off the dividends, let’s say, of the cash flow of the business. And particularly at times when the owners and operators of the business may be looking at long term issues, and that may, for example, behoove the business to defer dividends, for example, that’s going to create some strife. But there’s also personality related issues that we see that create strife. There’s extreme examples that we’ve seen where a judge had to even intervene. And for board meetings have representation for kind of a divided family here in a business not too far from us. So, this is a huge issue.

David Ray: [00:19:10] But I think the one lesson that we see and we think is really important is, yes, there’s going to be strife. But if you don’t deal with that strife proactively, the strife down the road can be much more painful. And so, one of the things that we try to do is to kind of work with folks, give them behavioral insights on things that may help them understand why someone may be looking at the same situation differently than they do. And try to, in some cases, even encourage conversations and have kind of whiteboard sessions to really get to the bottom of these issues so that there can be a continuity in terms of how these things are addressed.

Matthew DiCicco: [00:19:54] And I think David and I could both spat off a bunch of examples. As, Mike, I’m sure you could as well, of the various causes for family strife. There’s lots of different things that that can cause it. But, you know, frankly, in terms of managing it, some of the more effective things that I’ve seen have just been where you have a strong family member, business owner-member, who’s willing to set expectations of the next generation early on.

Matthew DiCicco: [00:20:21] And then, secondly, have the confidence and the courage to put the right person in the right seat. And that’s not always the easiest thing to do. But, you know, frankly, managing and promoting your kids as you would any other employee, having defined job descriptions and duties, having performance reviews and those types of things, I think, can be helpful.

Matthew DiCicco: [00:20:42] But then, also, actually one unique thing that David and I have seen is a family business, multigenerational, where all of the kids in the next generation were required to complete college, and work outside of the family business for a period of years before they were even eligible to work in the family business. And by that point, some of the folks decided, “I’m not that interested anymore. I found what I like over here.” And for the ones that did come back, they now have real world perspective. They’ve had to work for somebody. They’ve had to answer to somebody that’s not mom or dad, or grandma, grandpa, or whoever else is there.

Matthew DiCicco: [00:21:19] You know, I can tell you, I think it’s exceptionally valuable. And that I have some investments and businesses of my own and I’ve fired my own son. And, you know, it’s a tough thing to do, but sometimes it’s the right thing to do and it certainly provides an education.

Mike Blake: [00:21:37] Well, you know, you talked about a future podcast topic, firing your own son, that’s about as real and raw as it gets.

David Ray: [00:21:45] Mike, my first business – as a side – I fired the guy who became my best man later in my wedding. So, yeah, we’ve got a whole topic opportunity there.

Mike Blake: [00:21:56] Well, boy. We’ll have you back. So, to me – and this is a an uneducated view – it seems like keeping the business seems like almost kind of a natural thing to do. It seems, at least on the surface, you don’t have to go find a buyer, for example. You know, at some point, you let somebody take over the family business. We’ve talked about the complexities in doing that. But at a very high level, that just sort of seems like the path of least resistance. In your experience, do you think that more business owners than not actually take that path? Or do more of them tend to gravitate towards some sort of external exit?

David Ray: [00:22:36] The statistics would show – and we’ve seen a couple of independent studies on this, and I’ll quickly reference one – that you take nine businesses, four tend to vanish before they get through a second generation, two are sold, three get to the second generation, but only one of those get to a third generation. So, the statistics would suggest that it’s a tough road. And I think Matt kind of alluded to this previously, but I think the more professional the management approach is, probably, the greater chance that you have to pass the business through generations in an orderly manner and continue to grow the business in value.

David Ray: [00:23:17] And, you know, we use EOS as a governance management system at our company, you know, there’s a bunch of successful ones. But in our experience and in doing some of these companies, the disciplines that they have in place, which you can pick up on pretty quick just kind of spending time with managers or touring facilities, they’re kind of the key to the ability to keep things thriving.

Matthew DiCicco: [00:23:47] Yeah. I would add that, you know, I think a lot of it depends on the type of business and then also what’s important to the owner and to the family. You know, is this a business that started as a family business, like a family restaurant or a family nursery or something like that? And other people, frankly, they are just serial entrepreneurs, right? They can’t wait to stand up the next idea, and grow it, and sell it, and amass generational wealth by building and selling companies over the course of their career. So, I mean, I would say that it’s a little bit specific.

Mike Blake: [00:24:22] So, you know, that phenomenon you just brought up segues, I think, nicely into a question. Is that, there’s a phenomenon out there called shirtsleeves to shirtsleeves. And the the notion there is that, if wealth is built in one generation, usually around a family business, that it’s typically gone by the third generation. And that might almost seem to argue against trying to keep the business in the family, because, statistically speaking, the subsequent generation just may not be equipped either emotionally, skill set, or otherwise to take on that responsibility. Would you agree with that? I mean, it sounds like at least the statistics bear that out. If only one in nine of those companies ever make it to the third generation or less than that. But what do you think about that?

David Ray: [00:25:13] You know, I think it goes back to Matt’s point, I think it is kind of facts and circumstances. I could cite an example where the first company I was in made it very successfully to the third generation. There was a sale that the third generation key person stayed on. But, frankly, chose of his own accord to leave, frankly, because of some differences of opinion and he wasn’t used to reporting to somebody. I think that’s a key part of it.

David Ray: [00:25:42] But it depends probably, Michael, more than anything else about how valuable that business is. Because you’ve got a really valuable business that is being run effectively by the family, then it’s easy to keep going. But if you can start to see the wheels slow down, the other family members who are owners, and there’s just not the level of professional management that needs to kind of take to the next generation. If you don’t do something, like trying to sell, for example, or at least take some money out, then all you’re doing is seeing that golden goose kind of a road.

Matthew DiCicco: [00:26:18] Yeah. And I’ll really be interested to see how that statistic may change with the advent of the technological advances that we have of late. Because I can think of several examples where there is a multigenerational family business that everybody has done very well. And then, you have the younger generation come in and utilize this thing called the Internet and they explode it. And, you know, it wouldn’t surprise me if you see a lot more of the younger generations coming in and taking a good, strong family business, and scaling it through technology.

Mike Blake: [00:26:53] That is a fascinating and a very compelling statement, and I haven’t given any thought to that. But, I mean, it makes sense to me – it’s also hard to put this into words. The fact of the matter is that we’re all surrounded by technology, right? Many of us maybe more than we want to. And it’s not like growing up around a car company or a candy company where you don’t just build cars or make candy over the course of your normal life, but you certainly interact with technology over the course of your normal life. Right? And that could provide sort of an environment for companies in that industry, at least, or families whose companies are in that industry to sort of have a head start in terms of the mentality about technology and how it changes. And don’t get too comfortable in so many of the other rules that make technology businesses different.

David Ray: [00:27:53] And I think to Matt’s point, if you look at some of these companies that have had in the past but have basically been forced into embracing e-commerce, and if they’ve got the right firepower behind them, they, in some cases, are experiencing very explosive growth on that segment of their business.

Mike Blake: [00:28:18] So, you know, not everybody is built to run a business necessarily. Have you encountered scenarios in which a business, maybe an owner really wanted to pass their business on to children or at least a family member. But to your mind, they weren’t really qualified. And maybe the children themselves said, “I don’t want to do this. I’ll run this into the ground. Just sell it.” What’s your advice in those circumstances? Do you just sort of then ride that out? Or do you try to be proactive in trying to get family members interested and skilled to run the business? What, in your mind, is best practices in that kind of scenario?

David Ray: [00:29:04] Well, on this behavioral side that you touched on, that’s something that we’re fascinated by and have learned a lot from. And I learned a lot from a guy named Michael Bole, who we still use, frankly, to talk to some of our business owner clients about this very issue, Michael. And I will tell you that, often without someone knowing it, they may take that next generation and kind of force them into a role that, frankly, does not give them satisfaction. They may have the confidence to do it. But, frankly, over time, they don’t get much satisfaction out of it.

David Ray: [00:29:46] And that can be something that leads to an erosion of value of business. Not to speak of, you might be contributing to that child not having as happy a life as they deserve and should have. And we’ve seen that. For example, if you get a really extroverted individual who ran the business, was great at creating relationships, and drove sales through that relationship building. And all of a sudden, you’ve got somebody that comes along that’s much more operational oriented and you try to put them in that role. We’ve seen that kind of scenario. And it’s important to kind of recognize that not just is the competence there and the desire, but is there a fit from the standpoint of a behavioral match on success for that type of job?

Matthew DiCicco: [00:30:34] Yeah. And that’s part of that succession blueprint. Some of the tools that we can offer to assess multiple factors, such as the aptitude, the competence, desire, and interest. And there’s more to the decision of finding the right person for the right seat than just who you were born to, right? So, I mean, if you’re really looking for the overall right person to move the business forward, sometimes that’s going to result in decisions that, you know, might not be the best for the family, but it’s best for business versus the opposite.

David Ray: [00:31:12] And, Mike, obviously, I think maybe one of the trickiest combinations is that, you’ve got a child who really desires to be a part of the business and take it over. But, frankly, just the aptitude or the ability to embrace what’s necessary just isn’t there. And that can create for some significant family challenges that are very apparent to the employees. Probably the employee knows better than anybody that that kid is capable of running the business.

Matthew DiCicco: [00:31:43] Yeah. And that child may have a role. It may not be in the role of –

David Ray: [00:31:47] A leader.

Matthew DiCicco: [00:31:48] Right. Exactly.

Mike Blake: [00:31:50] And at least not right away, right? I mean, the beauty of a family business, I do think the time horizons are expanded. And I think, in fact, there’s data out there that suggests that family businesses tend to outperform their non-family counterparts. I think one of the things that drives that is the fact that they tend not to make snap decisions. They tend to really kind of take their time. And, frankly, they have a longer investment time horizon, too, because they’re generally not wired to a quarter to quarter basis.

Mike Blake: [00:32:22] So, in that scenario that you described with a child that would like to take over the business, in a family scenario, I imagine that means the conversation isn’t necessarily know, but just simply not yet. Whereas, in a more “professionalized environment,” for lack of a better term, it’s more like up and out. You’re not going to give me the opportunity that I’m out.

David Ray: [00:32:44] Yes.

Mike Blake: [00:32:46] And so, I want to switch gears here. I want to talk a little bit about valuation, because that’s near and dear to my heart. And I think one of the trickiest things about a family business and one of the drivers of the decision, of course, is, what is the value of the business and what is its value to a third party buyer versus the value to the business.

Mike Blake: [00:33:16] And an observation I hear frequently, particularly from investment bankers and private equity folks is, “I couldn’t sell that business” or “I couldn’t buy that business because the seller was simply irrational.” And I kind of wonder about that because I wonder if maybe they’re irrational because the seller isn’t a private equity group. They’re not an investment banker. But I kind of wonder if sometimes the business can just simply be worth more to the current owner than it is to anybody else. And that doesn’t make anybody’s fault. That’s just kind of how the numbers kind of work and how the values kind of work. What do you think about that? Am I crazy? Do I have three heads for saying that? Or do you think there’s a grain of truth in that notion?

David Ray: [00:34:04] I think that I would tend to agree with you. And particularly, if you don’t just measure in purely an economic sense, there’s a lot of things we’ve seen that are run through the business that enhance the quality of life that by themselves can make the business more valuable to that owner. That is a significant issue that we see that can really enhance lifestyle that you would lose if you sold the business. So, I think you’re exactly right on that one.

David Ray: [00:34:43] In fact, Matt and I were talking about this in preparation. And I was telling him, all the folks I’ve sat down with that have never sold their business, I’ve only seen one that really had some internal resources that had their arms around what the business was really worth to a sophisticated buyer. And so, there really is two different notions about what a business is worth. And I think it’s really hard to keep it purely economic because of legacy issues, and lifestyle, and other things that that business owner enjoys along with the economics.

Matthew DiCicco: [00:35:21] Yeah. And, you know, we typically come across situations like that. Oftentimes, it has been brought about by locker room talk or golf course talk or cocktail party talk where, you know, they hear so-and-so got a certain EBITDA multiple for their business or, you know, Sally’s Machine Shop sold for, you know, whatever down the street. And so, therefore, my business must be worth at least that. And those situations really require education, Mike.

Matthew DiCicco: [00:35:52] And that’s where this business marketability element of that succession blueprint comes in, where, you know, we look at the different factors that impact multiples and valuation such as the type of the business, the health of the business. You know, they have a ton of revenue, but it’s concentrated in one or two customers or they don’t have recurring revenue. Every single dollar is a unique customer in a single transaction. They don’t have a moat. They don’t have any real competitive advantage. They don’t have a stable management team. I mean, you can think of all the different reasons that impact valuation.

Matthew DiCicco: [00:36:29] And sometimes helping them just understand what is impacting the valuation, but more importantly, here are some steps we can take on a going forward basis to improve valuation and improve marketability. And here’s a due diligence checklist. And this is what your prospective buyer is going to be asking of you. So, rather than try to do all this in, you know, 30 days, when you get the request for information, why don’t we change some policies and procedures on a going forward basis to start compiling that data and then you’re ready to go. You have like a very organized well run machine when you’re ready to sell. And that also improves valuation.

David Ray: [00:37:09] And, Michael, related to that, one of the tools we’ve used with business owners that we’ve worked with is to basically go through a quick assessment based on eight factors that we think drive business value through the eyes of sophisticated buyers. And try to get them to critically and independently think about where they are on those eight factors. And then, we often take some of that information and use this provider model we’ve developed for business owners that simulates liquidation at different valuations. And then, your ability to kind of sustain a lifestyle, all of that. But it really is.

David Ray: [00:37:47] Things like culture are very important in, for example, assessing value, depending on the buyer, of course. But things like that – obviously Matt alluded to this – if you got a subscription type business where the cash flows are really predictable, you’ve already got a foot up on a lot of folks.

Mike Blake: [00:38:07] But when we think about transferring a business, the word that comes to mind is selling the business. But it occurs to me that there’s more than one way to kind of skin that cat, right? You don’t necessarily have to. Or are there other ways to effectuate a transfer of a business to family members other than simply selling it to them? And if so, what are the most common ones that you see?

Matthew DiCicco: [00:38:32] Yeah. And there are several estate planning type tools that can be implemented. And right now, frankly, you’re seeing somewhat of a push in this area because of the current estate tax and estate and gift tax exemption for 2021, so 11.7 million per person and 23.4 for a husband and wife. You know, you can take advantage of that. Now, that all is expected to sunset with the Tax Cut Jobs Act on December 31 of 2025, and there’s several different plans that are out there right now. The Biden Plan, you know, I expect it’ll probably be somewhat of a reversion back to 2009 rates to three-and-a-half million for the estate tax, maybe a million for the gift tax.

Matthew DiCicco: [00:39:19] But, you know, so there are estate planning tools that you can use and there are several. Most of which, you know, I would recommend you talk to your legal advisor or to Brady Ware, or your tax advisor. But things like the Grantor Retained Annuity Trusts and the Grantor Retained Unitrust, the GRAT and the GRUT, both allow you to create an irrevocable trust. And put those business assets in there for a defined period of time and transfer to another generation. Intentionally Defective Grantor Trust, where the guarantor business owners pay taxes to allow the trust assets to appreciate. So, there are several different estate planning tools that can be used. That could be another topic in and of itself.

Matthew DiCicco: [00:40:10] But another thing that I’ve seen used quite frequently is creating and gifting non-voting shares of stock, voting and non-voting shares. And that’s also sometimes a way to manage those family dynamics that come up where you can have one family member of the next generation that’s really been active in the business. But you have several family members that work in the business and take income from the business and rely upon it. And so, you can create family voting and non-voting shares or membership units. And the benefit of that, when you’re transferring it from the parent-donor down to the kid, the parent-donor can retain the voting shares, the kids can get the non-voting shares, and then the gifts can be discounted for lack of marketability, lack of control, discounts, other things to try to get under those as gift exemption should they decline.

David Ray: [00:41:10] And, Mike, the one thing I’d add to that is that, one of the challenges we’re seeing in this environment is, with some of the multiples that are being paid by private equity with the amount of money they have sitting on the sidelines, that if there’s a material number of shares that need to be transferred with a single owner, that owner is probably going to have to be somewhat altruistic in order to be able to transfer rather than to sell outright to somebody. And so, that’s kind of created a challenge for some businesses in this high valuation environment.

David Ray: [00:41:46] The other thing we’ve seen, you have to have a certain size for this to make sense because there’s a lot of administrative costs associated with it. But we’re seeing more ESOP transactions, frankly, with some of the folks that we deal with. And we know a couple of them really well that are in the throes of an ESOP transaction. That’s another alternative in this area.

Matthew DiCicco: [00:42:08] And it would not surprise me if, you know, right now, the maximum capital gains rate is 20 percent with the addition of 3.8 percent on top of that for a combined total of 23.8 percent. Some of the proposals that I’ve seen coming out yesterday, Bloomberg reported that it was going to be 39.6 percent under Biden’s Plan as the top capital gains rate, with that additional 3.8 percent. CNBC reported today, it’s likely going to be less than that, but nobody really knows. But if that doubles, I think you’re going to see more and more folks that are looking to avoid any way they can that capital gains rate, which may cause them to want to seek an alternative other than to sell it in a third party transaction.

Mike Blake: [00:42:56] We’re talking to David Ray and Matt DiCicco of Eubel Brady & Suttman. And the topic is, Should I let my children or family take over the business? You know, working with your clients and just talking to them, I’m curious, is there any kind of consensus or common sentiment around giving their children a leg up in life? You know, many of these businesses were probably created in that generation. They’re self-made high net worth individuals as opposed to having inherited it. Do you find that it troubles them at all to turn something over a big head start to their children? Or maybe, do they tend to find that gratifying that they consider that an accomplishment of their lives? Where do most of your clients, you think, fall on that spectrum?

David Ray: [00:43:43] And, Michael, it’s a pretty simple tool we use is what we call an ownership issues assessment. And one of the things on there, it asks basic questions like, you know, how important is it to you to maintain the culture whether you transfer the business or sell the business? And so, it gives you insight into how important legacy is to them. And I believe, by and large, other than maybe the exception where somebody is just trying to maximize money, they’re just a person who just wants to make money.

David Ray: [00:44:17] But I think most folks, those soft issues like you’re talking about, are important to them. They’ve worked hard, maybe they’ve inherited this business from their mother or father, and they’ve worked hard to try to maintain that business’s reputation and grow its value. And they want to see it passed to the next generation. And that legacy is important to them. And so, in those cases, I think they are trying to do everything possible to (A) create interest from that child, and then (B) to prepare them. And Matt alluded to some things earlier, where they may go out and work in another company, get some training through that, and then come back in more prepared. But yes, we see that pretty regularly.

Matthew DiCicco: [00:45:00] And I think some people would say that shirtsleeves to shirtsleeves, you talked about earlier, is caused by as generations turn, they lose the hunger, the ambition, the drive. They’ve grown up privileged and wealthy. And how do you continue to stoke that fire into the next generation? So, some would say giving them too much of a head start in life is actually a bad thing. You know, others feel differently. But, yeah, I mean, that is a problem of balancing that approach to make sure that the kids still have drive and ambition and want to move on to the next level.

Mike Blake: [00:45:37] We only have time for a couple more questions. But before we do wrap up, one question I did want to make sure that I ask you is, how important is legacy to your clients? And how important is it to them that what they built simply survives beyond their own lifetimes? And maybe you can even touch upon whether or not you find how frequently your clients want to have their legacy live on maybe through charitable contributions, foundations, things of that nature? But starting with focusing on the business, you know, how important is it to your clients that they just simply want to make sure that whatever they built doesn’t go away like a couple of years after they step back. Even taking out the financial consideration, they just don’t want to see what they built over decades turn into, you know, a pile of sand.

David Ray: [00:46:36] I think I’ll use an example. When you go back to like, ’09, ’10, right after the Great Recession, trying to come out of that, there were some people who were going into that, the legacy was really important. But they became so beat down by what they had to go through and how the business suffered. And I believe this is the case in the COVID environment with certain businesses, where some of those have really gotten beaten up. And so, I think, Michael, in those situations, you’ve got people who all of a sudden kind of threw that legacy to the side of the road, that lays the issues to the side of the road.

David Ray: [00:47:14] However, I think by and large, there is great pride and there is a part of their self-image – that Matt touched on earlier – that is the business. And, in fact, I think that’s one of the reasons that slows down this process of getting into succession planning, because there’s such an attachment between their self-worth and the image of the business that the business owner has trouble separate themselves from that. And so, I would say, based upon just that issue alone, that that legacy issue is very important if you survey the majority of the people that we deal with.

Matthew DiCicco: [00:47:53] Yeah. And I guess to add on to that, I would say that I see this issue of legacy being more important to those folks that founded the business, you know, the ones that grew the business from the start. And legacy is not just tied to themselves or their family or the business itself. A lot of times legacy includes those relationships with employees, with customers, with vendors, a number of different folks that in many regards grew up with that business owner, and with the business, and wanting to make sure that the business vision and relationships continue on into perpetuity becomes very important.

Mike Blake: [00:48:35] This has been a very insightful conversation. I think our audience is going to get a lot out of this. We didn’t get to cover everything, and I think we could have covered today probably even a fraction of it. But if people want to follow up, they have questions about this issue of transferring a business to family members, whether it’s a next generation or just simply within the same one, can they contact you to to discuss it? And if so, what’s the best way to do so?

Matthew DiCicco: [00:49:00] Yeah. We would welcome that, David and I would. And either, the best way to reach us through our 800 number, 800-391-1223. Or you can go to our website by Googling Eubel Brady & Suttman Investment Wealth Management or going to ebs-asset.com. We would love to talk to you.

Mike Blake: [00:49:26] Well, that’s going to wrap it up for today’s program. I’d like to thank David Ray and Matt DiCicco of Eubel Brady & Suttman so much for joining us and sharing their expertise with us.

Mike Blake: [00:49:36] We’ll be exploring a new topic each week, so please tune in so that when you’re faced with your next business decision, you have clear vision when making it. If you enjoy these podcasts, please consider leaving a review of your favorite podcast aggregator. It helps people find us that we can help them. If you would like to engage with me on social media with my Chart of the Day and other content, I’m on LinkedIn as myself, and @unblakeable on Facebook, Twitter, Clubhouse, and Instagram. Once again, this is Mike Blake. Our sponsor is Brady Ware & Company. And this has been the Decision Vision podcast.

 

Tagged With: Brady Ware, Brady Ware & Company, business succession planning, business transition, David Ray, EBS, Eubel Brady & Suttman, Family Business, family business transition, Matthew DiCicco, Michael Blake, Mike Blake, wealth management

Decision Vision Episode 113: Should I Disclose My Mental Illness? – An Interview with Jacqui Chew, iFusion and TEDxAtlanta

April 22, 2021 by John Ray

Jacqui Chew
Decision Vision
Decision Vision Episode 113: Should I Disclose My Mental Illness? - An Interview with Jacqui Chew, iFusion and TEDxAtlanta
Loading
00:00 /
RSS Feed
Share
Link
Embed

Download file

Jacqui Chew

Decision Vision Episode 113:  Should I Disclose My Mental Illness? – An Interview with Jacqui Chew, iFusion and TEDxAtlanta

Diagnosed with bipolar disorder in 2005, Jacqui Chew seeks to normalize the conversation around mental illness. In a candid and open conversation with host Mike Blake, Jacqui discussed the journey to her diagnosis and how she’s learned to manage it. She also offered advice to HR directors and the rest of us who are approached by an employee or friend who discloses their mental illness. “Decision Vision” is presented by Brady Ware & Company.

Jacqui Chew, iFusion and TEDxAtlanta

Jacqui Chew is an award-winning marketing and business executive with more than two decades of experience delivering creative, data-driven strategies for venture-backed, high-growth companies. A proven positioning expert, brand builder, and innovation thought-leader with P/L experience, her programs contribute to MQL growth.

A creative problem solver and convener, Jacqui believes in the potential for ideas to change the world. As licensee of TEDxAtlanta, one of the largest TED affiliates in the region, she galvanizes a team of volunteers to produce the annual TEDxAtlanta show. Under her leadership, tickets for nine of the 11 sold out weeks before. This must-attend event has become the platform for tomorrow’s leaders playing host to renowned bioethicist Paul Root Wolpe, hunger eradication entrepreneur Jasmine Crowe, and Ryan Gravel, the “father” of the Atlanta Beltline.

Jacqui served as senior vice president of marketing at Avertium, an award-winning cybersecurity firm founded from a three-company roll-up. She led brand marketing, demand generation, social media, PR, sales enablement, analytics, marketing operations, and communications. During her tenure, Jacqui spearheaded the company’s successful repositioning, messaging and rebranding and, its CRM/marketing automation platform integration. She also worked cross-functionally to support the acquisition of a fourth company during this period.

Previously, as CMO-in-residence at the Advanced Technology Development Center at Georgia Tech (ATDC), a globally ranked business incubator, she worked with the 170+ companies to develop their go-to-market and product strategy. During her tenure, she also developed and taught the incubator’s first strategic marketing curriculum.

Prior to ATDC, Jacqui founded iFusion, a fractional CMO consultancy for high-growth venture-backed companies. Primary client projects: positioning, messaging, customer journey mapping, marketing plan development and marketing and sales alignment. The company led the launch of more than two dozen companies/products and contributed to $100+m in funds raised.

Jacqui served in executive marketing roles at PeopleSoft (acq by Oracle), Stonesoft (acq by McAfee now Intel), Silverpop(acq by IBM) and worked, on the agency side, with IBM Global Services, The Weather Channel, KontrolFreek, MessageGears, Preparis, Venture Atlanta, EarthLink and eBay.

Website | LinkedIn | Jacqui’s TEDx Video

Mike Blake, Brady Ware & Company

Mike Blake, Host of the “Decision Vision” podcast series

Michael Blake is the host of the “Decision Vision” podcast series and a Director of Brady Ware & Company. Mike specializes in the valuation of intellectual property-driven firms, such as software firms, aerospace firms, and professional services firms, most frequently in the capacity as a transaction advisor, helping clients obtain great outcomes from complex transaction opportunities. He is also a specialist in the appraisal of intellectual properties as stand-alone assets, such as software, trade secrets, and patents.

Mike has been a full-time business appraiser for 13 years with public accounting firms, boutique business appraisal firms, and an owner of his own firm. Prior to that, he spent 8 years in venture capital and investment banking, including transactions in the U.S., Israel, Russia, Ukraine, and Belarus.

Brady Ware & Company

Brady Ware & Company is a regional full-service accounting and advisory firm which helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality. Brady Ware services clients nationally from its offices in Alpharetta, GA; Columbus and Dayton, OH; and Richmond, IN. The firm is growth-minded, committed to the regions in which they operate, and most importantly, they make significant investments in their people and service offerings to meet the changing financial needs of those they are privileged to serve. The firm is dedicated to providing results that make a difference for its clients.

Decision Vision Podcast Series

“Decision Vision” is a podcast covering topics and issues facing small business owners and connecting them with solutions from leading experts. This series is presented by Brady Ware & Company. If you are a decision-maker for a small business, we’d love to hear from you. Contact us at decisionvision@bradyware.com and make sure to listen to every Thursday to the “Decision Vision” podcast.

Past episodes of “Decision Vision” can be found at decisionvisionpodcast.com. “Decision Vision” is produced and broadcast by the North Fulton studio of Business RadioX®.

Connect with Brady Ware & Company:

Website | LinkedIn | Facebook | Twitter | Instagram

TRANSCRIPT

Intro: [00:00:02] Welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast series focusing on critical business decisions. Brought to you by Brady Ware & Company. Brady Ware is a regional full-service accounting and advisory firm that helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality.

Mike Blake: [00:00:21] Welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast giving you, the listener, clear vision to make great decisions. In each episode, we discuss the process of decision making on a different topic from the business owners’ or executives’ perspective. We aren’t necessarily telling you what to do, but we can put you in a position to make an informed decision on your own and understand when you might need help along the way.

Mike Blake: [00:00:40] My name is Mike Blake and I’m your host for today’s program. I’m a Director at Brady Ware & Company, a full service accounting firm based in Dayton, Ohio, with offices in Dayton; Columbus, Ohio; Richmond, Indiana; and Alpharetta, Georgia. Brady Ware is sponsoring this podcast, which is being recorded in Atlanta per social distancing protocols. If you would like to engage with me on social media with my Chart of the Day and other content, I’m on LinkedIn as myself, and @unblakeable on Facebook, Twitter, Clubhouse, and Instagram. If you like this podcast, please subscribe on your favorite podcast aggregator, and please consider leaving a review of the podcast as well.

Mike Blake: [00:01:15] Today’s topic is, Should I be open about my mental illness? One in five U.S. adults report that they suffer with some sort of mental illness, and an estimated two-and-a-half percent of U.S. adults experience bipolar disorder at some point in their lifetimes, 7.1. percent of U.S. adults are characterized as having major depression. And these are numbers that go back to 2019. And in case you haven’t heard, most of us had kind of a rough year in 2020. We had a combination of a once in a century global pandemic. We had unprecedented, massive social upheaval. And in some places in the country, we had murder hornets.

Mike Blake: [00:01:59] And, you know, for a lot of us, it’s been a rough ride, a lot rougher than usual. And most of us, I’m sure, have heard, many have read, and seen many stories of the mental toll that the pandemic has taken on many of us, ranging from job loss to being cooped up at home, to having to take on home roles that we were not prepared for. For example, I am the world’s lousiest Spanish teacher for home schooling our son, which is not necessarily our plan. We can only hope we can order a Taco Bell because I think that’s the only thing I’m qualifying him to do. But his ten, he might grow out of it.

Mike Blake: [00:02:39] And, you know, you think about mental illness, and I’m hoping that kind of one good thing that comes out of the pandemic is, I hope it makes us more aware of mental illness and it kind of give it its due. You know, years ago, I served on the board of a nonprofit called Care and Counseling Center of Georgia, whose mission was to provide mental health care services to low income folks. And they did a really good job of it in spite of my being on the board.

Mike Blake: [00:03:13] But one of the things you learn about mental health and mental – you will actually learn about two things. Number one is, your mental health is still sort of taken a backseat to so-called physical health. And, you know, you grow up and you talk about people who are either tough or they’re not tough. And some people of faith will claim that that makes them impervious to any kind of mental illness and so forth. Even to the point where, you know, it wasn’t that long ago, I think a lot of people thought that mental illness was a choice.

Mike Blake: [00:03:51] And secondly, I think people are understanding now that not only does it need to be destigmatize, but the thing on mental health is that if you don’t have mental health, a lot of bad downstream things happen. They can happen at the micro level where it impacts your job, it impacts your personal relationships, it impacts your ability to be a fully engaged, fully actualized member of society, fully actualized person. And in very extreme cases, particularly the United States where gun ownership is plentiful, mental illness that is either undiagnosed, untreated, unmonitored, simply not paying enough attention to, can have, frankly, catastrophic results.

Mike Blake: [00:04:38] And I can’t help but wonder how different might our world be if we gave, frankly, mental illnesses its due. And I think now as we are entering this this trans-pandemic phase where, you know, many of us are becoming vaccinated and we’re starting to kind of wrestle with returning to work, we’re wrestling with returning to restaurants, going back to baseball games, and so forth. And, you know, the mental health issues aren’t going away. In fact, you could argue that there are more mental health issues that are going to be created by sending people back to the office.

Mike Blake: [00:05:18] And I think and I hope that one thing is abundantly clear that, you know, mental health simply cannot be ignored anymore. It’s not the moral thing to do. And I would argue it’s not the business correct thing to do. Because if you have even a small business of 25 people, statistically speaking, five of those people are really struggling with a diagnosable disorder. And one of them probably has something akin to bipolar disorder. And they’ve just done a very good job of hiding it or we’ve done a very good job of not seeing it.

Mike Blake: [00:05:57] And so, therefore, I wanted to cover this topic. It’s not an easy topic. I’m certainly not a physician, but I think it’s so important. I think we have to equip ourselves. Statistically speaking, again, there are thousands of listeners listening to this that are struggling with this question. And then, for people like me, who at least I don’t believe that I have a diagnosable mental illness, others may disagree, but I don’t believe that I do.

Mike Blake: [00:06:22] But I do want to make sure that every resource is available in my network and my company – of which I’m a shareholder – that if there are folks – again, statistically speaking, there are a number of people – that are struggling with mental illness of some kind that we, as a company, do the right thing. That we are compassionate, that we are accommodating, and that we stand up for them, and we don’t abandon them. We don’t try to force them into the shadows. And so, I hope that that thesis makes sense to use as we kind of go through, I think, what is a very challenging and necessary topic.

Mike Blake: [00:07:01] And joining us today to help us talk about this is Jacqui Chew. Jacqui works at the intersection of storytelling, innovation, and business. And I’ve known her for a long time. In fact, I took over her office once. She deploys the power of narrative design and reframing an organization’s brand story for resonance and to inspire action. Described as the Lara Croft of problem solving, Jacqui is a seasoned business operator with a passion for building inclusive teams and working cross-functionally to bring disparate groups together towards a common goal.

Mike Blake: [00:07:33] As the curator and licensee of TEDxAtlanta, Jacqui is always on the lookout for change makers and innovations that are solving for the challenges of today and those just around the corner. Under her leadership, first of TEDxPeachtree from 2009 to 2018 and presently of TEDxAtlanta, Atlanta has grown in recognition within the global TEDx community as an innovation hub for technology, health care, and social impact initiatives. And I’m a big fan of TEDx. I watch three to four TEDx videos a week. And I’ve watched Jacqui’s video as well, we’ll refer to that in our conversation. Jacqui is resourceful, tenacious, and well-networked in the Atlanta business, social impact, and technology communities. Jacqui Chew, welcome to the program.

Jacqui Chew: [00:08:16] Thank you for having me, Mike.

Mike Blake: [00:08:21] So, Jacqui, I brought you on because you’ve chosen to hold yourself out there as a person that has bipolar disorder and has figured out how to navigate life with that particular disorder. So, you know, I’ve read about bipolar disorder. Thank God I don’t have it. I don’t have a family member that has it. I have a couple of friends that have. But explain to the audience in your kind of best terms, how would you describe bipolar disorder to somebody?

Jacqui Chew: [00:08:54] So, first of all, I would call it a mood disorder, because the symptoms manifests itself in extremes in mood changes. And this isn’t to be confused with a person who is “moody.” But mood changes from the standpoint of severe depression to the point where you would lose interest in what you normally enjoy. Or you have a really severe depressive episode would be if you are unable to sleep and you find yourself crying uncontrollably at absolutely nothing, severe fatigue. So, these are severe manifestations of depression. So, there’s that aspect of it.

Jacqui Chew: [00:09:50] At the worst in terms of depression, the worst manifestation of a symptom on the depression side is suicide, thoughts of self-harm and, in some cases, self-harm. So, that’s that part of it. The other side of the equation or the other end of the pendulum is mania and manic episode. So, mania is generally characterized as severe anger to the point of violence. So, for instance, this individual that I know from our support group sessions, when he is in mania, he specifically does not drive. He actually specifically has stopped driving because there are certain types of traffic situations that trigger the symptoms and cause him to act out in violence.

Jacqui Chew: [00:10:59] Other expected symptoms of mania is excessive shopping. You know, maxing out your credit cards. And then, yet another is hypersexuality, which can be really, really hard. Now, I’m not a doctor. These are sort of observations and sharings over the years since – gosh – I’ve been going to support group sessions and since 2005. So, over the years, these are some of the experiences that my fellow attendees have shared with the group. And so, these are some of the symptoms. It’s generally two opposite extremes experienced by an individual, and each of those extremes could be experienced by the person for a couple hours, a couple of weeks.

Jacqui Chew: [00:11:59] I’ll give you an example. There was a point in time when I wasn’t diagnosed, which I remember staying up for three days and going through a complete cleaning of my house. Now, I did end up with a very clean condo, but I didn’t realize at the time that I was experiencing mania and that I wasn’t able to sleep. I was hyperactive. There was just a lot of energy. And I was probably a lot blown up. I was testier and quicker to anger than normal. And this went on for a couple weeks, as I recall. Now, looking back after my diagnosis in 2005, I recognized through my therapy sessions that these moments in time or periods in my life that I had dismissed as just me being the eccentric me that I am were actually symptoms. I was experiencing episodes. That was a very long explanation.

Mike Blake: [00:13:13] Well, I think it deserves it. And for the audience listening at home, too, I think bipolar disorder until recently was more commonly known as manic depressive disorder. Correct?

Jacqui Chew: [00:13:26] Yes. Correct.

Mike Blake: [00:13:27] That’s sort of the new or maybe that’s the clinical. I’m not sure why the name change. But if it sounds like manic depressive disorder, the answer is, yeah, because it is. So, you know, I watched your video and you described a time which I guess is 15, 16 years ago when you kind of came to a crisis point effectively where you sought specific medical attention, and I want to come to that.

Mike Blake: [00:13:56] But before I get to that particular moment, I’m curious, before you got to that moment, was there a gradual kind of trail of breadcrumbs, if you will, of increasingly frequent or severe symptoms that led you to that point where, “Man, this is not right. This is not what most human beings have to go through.” Or as is the case with something like schizophrenia, did one day all of a sudden or in a very short period of time, you simply became bipolar. Does it work one of the two ways? Did you have one of those two experiences?

Jacqui Chew: [00:14:34] I can’t speak for, you know, my peers. But I can tell you, for me, I had no idea that anything was wrong with me. That period of time of three days where I stayed up and cleaned my loft, I think that was back in 2004. And I wasn’t diagnosed until towards the end of January of 2005. And the reason why I know this is because – and I talk about this in my TED talk – it was an evening, I was watching Jeopardy, and then I was prompt while I was watching Jeopardy, which is not something that you would normally do. Though, I didn’t think very much of it, actually, which is kind of strange in and of itself now in hindsight.

Jacqui Chew: [00:15:30] And the next day going into work, I found myself, essentially, just staring at a document for a very long time. It didn’t seem like a very long time, but it turned out to be a very long time and then realizing that I wasn’t processing any of the words that I was looking at. And that was when it was like a stroke of panic. It was a surge of panic where I knew something was wrong, I didn’t know what was wrong. So, I called my regular doctor and it was an emergency. I called him and I explained what had happened. I didn’t explain the night before and the crime, but I just explained to him that I really couldn’t understand anything that I was reading.

Jacqui Chew: [00:16:27] He was clearly concerned and he gave me the names of three doctors and phone numbers. Now, that in and of itself was a little strange because I could write numbers and read numbers, but I couldn’t really write the names of the doctors and read it back to myself. I don’t really know how to explain that. So, I had to remember, so I, essentially, just remembered the first name and wrote down the first number, because that’s all that I could process at the time. And so, I was very fortunate.

Jacqui Chew: [00:17:06] Now, I called that particular doctor, that psychiatrist. Now, he couldn’t see me for a-month-and-a-half. I mean, that kind of tells you, 2005, our health care system was just not geared toward helping people with mental health challenges. So, unless, of course, had I said to my doctor that I thought about killing myself, I had thoughts of self-harm, that would have been a whole different ball of wax.

Mike Blake: [00:17:38] Right. You have to move to the front of the line at that point.

Jacqui Chew: [00:17:40] Pretty much. And there’s another story about that. I’ll explain that in a second. So, there wasn’t a slot in time for six weeks. I made the appointment. I wrote down the date. And then, I was very fortunate because a few days later the office called me. The doctor’s office called me and said, “Hey, we have a cancellation. Would you like to come in? Are you available to come in?” And I did. So, that was super fortunate for me because, at that point in time, I was starting to hallucinate. And I knew I was hallucinating because there’s no way that I was hanging off of the rafters on my loft with a noose around my neck. I knew that wasn’t happening. So, I knew I was hallucinating. So, that began my journey until today. That was how it all began.

Mike Blake: [00:18:48] So, when you were first diagnosed, did you feel that you had to hide your condition? Did you feel like you sort of had to tell the whole world? Did it not make an impact if you felt like it’s just like being told I have arthritis? How did you kind of emotionally react to that?

Jacqui Chew: [00:19:12] Well, so you have to remember, this is 2005, before people could talk about these things, before it was normal. I mean, ADHD in your kid was something to be ashamed of, still, at the time. Or people would talk about their kids in [inaudible] like, “Oh, my child has autism.” Just none of this was okay to talk about. And so, I’m thinking about becoming an evangelist or raising awareness. I wasn’t. I had no idea, first of all, what this is all about.

Jacqui Chew: [00:19:56] First of all, I wasn’t diagnosed with bipolar disorder. My original diagnosis was schizophrenia. Which, you know, there are similarities in symptoms. I mean, the fact that I was seeing myself hanging from the rafters and I was hearing voices, that is classic schizophrenia symptoms. So, I was diagnosed that way and I was prescribed medication for that. And along with going into therapy with my psychiatrist, he also recommended that I go to a support group on a regular basis. So, I didn’t know that it was a lifelong condition. That there is no cure. I had no clue. And it was one of those, like, eye for an eye. So, if I take my meds, I do all the things that my doctor wanted me to do, I’m going to be okay. All of this will stop. And I can just move on. So, this is 2005, and I did.

Jacqui Chew: [00:21:15] And then, for the longest time, I just assumed that I was fine. [Inaudible]. Now, we did find out six weeks later or two months later that the schizophrenic diagnosis was incorrect. It was bipolar disorder because my hallucinations receded once I was putting into place some of the sleep hygiene, the official term. Like, taking the television out of your bedroom. By the way, you cannot or should not, no one should be watching television and go to sleep. It’s really bad for you. I can’t tell you the science behind it, it was explained to me, I forget. But it’s really bad.

Jacqui Chew: [00:22:03] And so, just practicing good sleep hygiene, getting eight hours of sleep, ensuring that it’s deep REM restful sleep. Those were the measures that I took. When I went back to my sixth week visit, it was hallucinations that got away. Some of the other symptoms still persisted. And he was able to give me a correct diagnosis of bipolar disorder and then we went from there. So, I was in no way thinking about telling people. It was more about getting well. How do I get well? How do I ensure that I can cognitively process reading works?

Jacqui Chew: [00:22:55] I’m a knowledge worker. It’s what I do for a living. I’m a writer. I tell stories. I read messaging. I help entrepreneurs with their positioning. And if I’m unable to be on my game from a cognitive function point of view, then I don’t have a way to be self-sufficient. It’s Maslow’s Hierarchy of Needs. You first have to take care of your bare essentials. And because I was living on my own, my family is still 10,000 miles away. I essentially was my own person, my own provider, and I had to take care of myself. So, that was the sole focus.

Jacqui Chew: [00:23:46] I have to tell you that this erroneous notion that bipolar can be cured. And after a period of time, I can just go back to doing all the things that I used to do. You know, that’s not even good for me, was a really bad thing and catastrophic because I had a relapse and a really severe episode of 15 months starting February-ish of 2008. And I didn’t come out of it until July, August of 2009.

Mike Blake: [00:24:20] And, you know, that’s something I think is very underappreciated, maybe unappreciated, about mental illness. I’m not a doctor either, but I’m not aware of any mental illness that is considered curable. I’ve never heard a psychiatrist say, “I cured somebody of X or Y.” Right now with the current state of the art science, it’s all about treatment and management. Right? Again, unless there’s a radical shift in technology, it ain’t going away. And if you’re afflicted in some way like that, then it’s just going to be your companion.

Jacqui Chew: [00:25:01] Right. Well, you know, it’s amazing. We know we have gone so far or come so far in terms of technological advancements. Advancements in all kinds of areas. But scientists are still somewhat mystified by the brain and how it works. They do know that it’s a chemical imbalance. It is truly a chemical imbalance. They’re not entirely sure what causes it altogether. They know that some types of bipolar disorder, and there are four types. Some types are triggered by damage to the hippocampus part of the brain. Some of it has to do with the neurotransmitters not firing the right way. So, there’s not a lot of clarity.

Jacqui Chew: [00:26:10] And then, of course, there’s environmental factors as well. There are theories that it’s genetic – actually, it’s not a theory. They’ve done experiments with twins and they’ve seen that mood disorders, there’s a genetic underpinning to mood disorders. And environmental factors like stress or death in family or substance abuse, those factors could trigger symptoms.

Mike Blake: [00:26:50] So, yes. I want to kind of seize on that a little bit, grab a hold of that for a little bit, because you mentioned in your video that you had to implement a certain rule. Because there’s one certain work trigger that you highlighted. So, I was wondering if you could talk about that and has it worked?

Jacqui Chew: [00:27:10] You are referring, like, to the no asshole rule.

Mike Blake: [00:27:15] I am indeed. Thanks for coming on the podcast anyway. I hope you’re alright.

Jacqui Chew: [00:27:23] You know, I think so. So, in mood disorders, like for me, there are stressors and there are triggers. So, stressors are conditions that kind of exacerbate that gives me a heightened sense of stress – hence, stressors – which then triggers a certain emotion. Triggers are, literally like for me – I can’t speak for the rest of my peers here – there are certain behavior, certain personality types, and, sometimes, in some cases certain phrases that trigger me to anger, to behave in a certain way that I have no control over. And they also trigger such an overwhelming sense of doubt and fear and shame, even, that I have no control over. It’s completely irrational and I have no control over it.

Jacqui Chew: [00:28:38] And so, the no asshole rule has everything to do with a certain kind of personality that, unfortunately, is quite persistent in the technology, I dare say, in this –

Mike Blake: [00:28:54] There’s no shortage of assholes. Yeah. Yeah.

Jacqui Chew: [00:28:59] Yes.

Mike Blake: [00:28:59] And we make more.

Jacqui Chew: [00:29:01] So, when I say asshole, what I mean is there are certain traits. Like, people who always demand more and they move the goalpost. I think we’ve all experienced coworkers or managers like that, who they demand without ever providing positive reinforcement. And when a certain goal had been attained, instead of taking a moment to acknowledge or appreciate, they move the goalpost just a little bit further. And for me, that sort of personality is a trigger for me. And so, I’ve tried very, very hard to steer away from working with people like that. And in many cases, I’ve had to develop coping mechanisms. So, you hear that a lot if you come to my group support sessions. We talk about coping mechanisms.

Mike Blake: [00:30:25] I’m sure you do.

Jacqui Chew: [00:30:26] And just techniques to moderate the impact of certain kinds of behavior that trigger us. Because in many cases, in the workplace, you can’t always remove yourself from personalities like that. You just have to find ways of reducing and minimizing the exposure to personalities like that.

Mike Blake: [00:30:53] So, I’d like to talk about that because I think that’s a very important subject and starts to intersect with the business part of it, if you will. And what I’d like to ask about that, first of all is this, is that, given that you know these things about yourself, do you entirely take it upon yourself to minimize your exposure to these triggers? Or do you kind of try to work with the people that you’re involved with and say, “Hey, look. You know, I sort of have this thing going on and these four things are really not good. And I’d like to try to avoid those in this environment as much.” can you have conversations like that? Am I just sort of off the reservation?

Jacqui Chew: [00:31:45] If I care enough about the person and respect the person enough, quite honestly, Mike, I’ll take the trouble to do that. Because honestly – let me give you an analogy and perhaps this would become clear. If someone is being abusive or discriminatory toward me, it is not my responsibility to tell them that they are and to teach them some other way. I don’t think it’s my responsibility. And I don’t want to carry that burden. That’s me personally. I know other people would.

Jacqui Chew: [00:32:25] However, if I care and I respect the person enough, and want to continue to have a relationship with that person, an ongoing sustainable relationship with that person, then I would because I want a sustainable ongoing relationship. Then, the amount of investment that I would have to make that the outcome warrants the investment. Because it’s a big investment. It is very difficult. So, first of all, that person has to have some semblance of empathy.

Mike Blake: [00:33:04] Yeah. That it’s a nonstarter, right?

Jacqui Chew: [00:33:08] Correct. One of the primary reasons why assholes are assholes, Mike, is because they lack empathy and self-awareness. And I, in my years, have come to the conclusion that some people just can’t help themselves. And who am I to help them stop being an asshole? So, I’m just going to work with them as best as the situation calls for it to get the job done, to accomplish the goal, and move on. That’s how I feel. That’s my coping mechanism. It would take too much energy for me to manage my disorder and try to change these people.

Jacqui Chew: [00:34:00] The situation is quite different if a person is exhibiting these behavior traits, these less desirable behavior traits, but has some semblance of empathy. They just don’t know it. They don’t know what they’re doing. But if they did, if I thought that if they did know what they were doing, and it’s the impact of their behavior on others that they would consider a different way. If I detected that and I wanted a sustainable relationship with these people, I would make the investment.

Jacqui Chew: [00:34:39] And yes, I would absolutely say, “Look -” and I would train it to the standpoint of I have a mood disorder. And that, too, is a very self-centric thing and that’s just not my style. I would make the standpoint of, “Look, when you say these kinds of things in this sort of a situation, you may not mean it this way.” But let me tell you how it’s being perceived. And if this is not the way you want it to be perceived, then let’s find a better way of articulating your thoughts. And that’s how I do it.

Mike Blake: [00:35:20] So, beyond this particular approach, which is a very sort of – let’s call it – individualized or even a non-scalable approach, because that’s been focused to one person at a time. And I think that’s part of where the ROI equation comes in that you’re describing. Are there other things that you need to do to kind of protect yourself? For example, I would imagine because you said that a good sleep schedule is essential to managing your condition. To me, that says it would be very difficult for you to be in a culture that thrives on the all-nighter. It sounds like that’s something that could be not only suboptimal, but potentially even dangerous for you.

Jacqui Chew: [00:36:05] Yes. And, actually, when I violate my no asshole rule and I allow myself to be consumed by let’s work an all-nighter type of culture is when I get into trouble. I literally get myself very sick. And so, yes, there’s a measure of protection that I have to put around my boundaries. So, this is where boundaries come in. And people without the bipolar disorder have boundaries.

Jacqui Chew: [00:36:41] Now, what is really interesting, I think, in my situation that I think is worth noting for your listeners who may find themselves in a similar situation is, I am naturally a high performance, hard charging individual. That is my nature.

Mike Blake: [00:37:04] Yeah. I’ve seen it.

Jacqui Chew: [00:37:04] Unfortunately, my nature is hurtful to my condition. So, I have to fight my default and learn a new default. And so, what I’ve done is learning a new default – perhaps, old dogs can’t learn new tricks, as the saying goes. Learning a new default has proven to be too difficult. So, what I’ve done is I’ve created extensions to the default. So, it’s like home improvement. I’ve added extensions and caveats to the default where, yes, when it is absolutely necessary, I will work the 80 hour week. But I will not work the 80 hour week, I would work for a week, maybe two, at most. And then, I have to go back to a 40, 50 hour week, which is a normal week for me. Or I take a mental health game – you hear people say that all the time – where you take a Friday and you just switch it up.

Jacqui Chew: [00:38:18] Now, I have learned as a coping mechanism to turn off my phone and go off grid one day out of every weekend. You have Saturday, you have Sunday, so I either pick a Saturday or Sunday – usually it’s a Sunday – where I completely go off grid and I do not check phone, emails, nothing. So, it’s kind of like an electronic detox or digital detox.

Mike Blake: [00:38:51] Well, you know, I mean, a lot of the things you’re describing sound like they’re probably pretty useful for people that aren’t fighting bipolar disorder, frankly. I can tell you something, I’ve started to become very mindful of my own sleep schedule, because when you can operate in short sleep, it’s a blessing and a curse. It’s a blessing because it allows you to to do more. But for me, Parkinson’s Law just takes over. And all it does, it allows me to outwork my mistakes. And that’s not really an optimal place to be anyway. So, you know, the way you described these sort of parameters in a way that I think are consistent with kind of best practices for mental maintenance anyway.

Jacqui Chew: [00:39:39] Indeed. So, many of the measures that I’ve taken, anyone and everyone, really, should take regardless of what sort of a workspace they’re on, it really doesn’t matter. And so, I’ll be very specific. If you have a television in your bedroom, remove it. This is probably the hardest one for most people, because a lot of people I know have televisions in their bedrooms. It’s terrible. Eight hours of sleep? Now, some people need eight. I need six hours of sleep. Six good hours of sleep is sufficient for me. It’s the quality sleep more than the quantity of sleep.

Jacqui Chew: [00:40:31] So, for me to process problems, I need to be doing something else. So, this is the other thing about corporate America is, it’s not always forgiving about extracurricular activities. There are some cultures that they don’t condone a person, an employee, having nonprofit work or volunteer work or anything like that, when they want you and all of you and all of your time.

Jacqui Chew: [00:41:06] So, I stay away from cultures like that because that is not how I operate ultimately. My optimal goal is the ability to problem solve at work, but I’m on problem solving whilst I’m doing other things, other activities that are not work related, like organizing TEDxAtlanta. That actually is invigorating. It’s a very renewing process of organizing that endeavor. And it helps me process the other kind of work problems that I have, the revenue generating problems that I have that I’m helping to overcome and add value to. That is my mode.

Jacqui Chew: [00:41:47] So, I think people have to find what works for them. I’m describing what actually works for me in this instance. The whole sleep hygiene thing, absolutely, that works for everybody. That applies to everybody. The hours, that’s individualized. Everyone has a sweet spot. And then, finally – gosh – a lot of what happens that may not be obvious is that people with bipolar disorder, when there is an episode and there’s a true multi-week, multi-month episode of depression, what it does is, it also completely obliterates your self-confidence. And one of the ways to rebuild self-confidence is to do volunteer work.

Jacqui Chew: [00:42:43] So, when I experienced the very long episode from February 2008 to 2009, July, August, was the way I slowly came back to the world, so to speak, was beyond the talk therapy, beyond the medication, beyond the group support sessions every two weeks, every month. I also began to volunteer at, actually, St. Vincent de Paul in this case, where something as simple as stocking shelves at the food bank. So, rebuilding a sense of confidence is really, really important in the recovery process as well. And engaging in activities that reinforce your sense of self when you’re not in an episode, when things are being managed, when your condition is being managed is also very important.

Mike Blake: [00:43:58] So, one question I want to make sure to get to is – and I’m curious about this for myself, because as a manager, as a leader, I may encounter this – if somebody that were in my charge were to approach me and sort of close the door and just say, “Hey, look. I’ve got this issue. I’ve got this issue of bipolar disorder. And I just want to let you know about it, because some things you may not expect to happen, might happen. Or I may have specific needs, I need help manage it.” What’s the best way for me to react to that? Should I react to it? Do I hit them off to H.R.? I mean, how can I engage constructively in that conversation?

Jacqui Chew: [00:44:50] Well, that’s a tough one, Mike, because you’re now wandering into labor laws and H.R., all of that. That’s the difference. So, I’ll tell you how I react in the past to team members who come to me whose work performance had visibly, obviously fallen off. And I’ve had this composition, I initiated a conversation. And then, they told me that there has been a series of deaths in the family and they were just not feeling well. It’s months apart. So, first of all, regardless of what your H.R. policy is about this, I think it’s important to just listen. Sometimes the best action is no action. And sometimes the person may just want to be heard.

Jacqui Chew: [00:45:50] People have to consider that. I mean, there may not be an action necessarily. The person, they just want to be heard. Because it’s very lonely when you’re experiencing symptoms. You feel like you’re the only one in the world feeling it when it’s not true. But your brain is telling you that you’re the only one. So, just being an ear and not committing to anything, not saying anything, and just understanding and showing kindness and empathy, that sometimes can be enough.

Mike Blake: [00:46:34] I really like that. And, you know, it reminds me actually of a quote from Art of War that suggests that one of the hardest things to do but the best thing to do is simply nothing. I’m paraphrasing. It’s really, one of the hardest things to do in battle is wait. But, you know, it translates very well there that sometimes the best thing to do is just nothing. And for somebody like me who prefers to be proactive and, frankly, would like to help, if somebody comes to me with something like that, my first instinct is how can I help? Even though I am patently unqualified to help somebody. I don’t have that condition. I’ll have medical training. You know, I read what I read on the Internet, half of which is probably wrong. But I think that’s a really good piece of advice. I really do. And it’s surprisingly hard.

Jacqui Chew: [00:47:32] Yes, it is. So, being heard is often times the best answer for the person across the table who is sharing something that is very difficult for them to share. Making sure that they feel heard is possibly the best gift that you can give them as manager. Now, I think, though, the situation would be different if you are sensing that they could possibly hurt themselves. It could be in that state. You never know. So, first of all, you never know. But if you even have a glimmer of that, then it’s time to have a conversation with your H.R. to better understand all the different angles.

Mike Blake: [00:48:32] We’re talking with Jacqui Chew, and the topic is, Should I be open about my mental illness? And that conversation is adjacent to something that I started a conversation in our company, about, three years ago – not long after I joined, actually. And this is in the wake of the Ohio State scandal where one coach was abusing his wife, and other coaches knew, and apparently didn’t do anything. Certainly, not enough to kind of intervene in that. And the question I ask and still ask – because there’s really no great answer – is, as an employer, as a leader, if I hear something like that in my firm, what are my obligations, both ethical and legal? What are my constraints, both ethical and legal? And I think what you just described is actually quite adjacent to that.

Mike Blake: [00:49:32] So, we need to wrap up here. We could do this for a lot longer, but we have limited time. I want to be respectful of the rest of your day. But I am curious about about one thing, you know, in the 15, 16 years that you’ve struggled with this and have become an advocate for awareness, do you think that as a society we’ve gotten better at acknowledging the importance, severity, and impact of mental illness?

Jacqui Chew: [00:50:03] Unequivocally, yes. And it’s been accelerated by the onset of COVID. Ironically, COVID has affected such a large swath of the population in terms of the social distancing and isolation having such a profound impact on a person’s psyche and for many people. That it has given those of us who were diagnosed before, who have diagnosed condition, it’s given us a broader audience. There’s more empathy. There’s less likelihood of the other person, saying, “Oh, it’s all in your head.”

Mike Blake: [00:50:51] Right. It’s a stupid thing to say.

Jacqui Chew: [00:50:57] Well, people say it.

Mike Blake: [00:50:59] There’s no shortage of stupid things for people to say. But go on.

Jacqui Chew: [00:50:59] There you go. Or this notion that, if you take a pill, if you take a series of pills, and you go to your doctor, you’ll be fine. Because the pandemic has affected so many people in so many different ways that there’s a really good chance if you talk to your neighbors, they know someone in their family or they know someone in their second ring of peers or friends and associates who’ve been affected by the pandemic from a mental health point of view.

Jacqui Chew: [00:51:37] So, my point is, mental health issues are more prevalent as a result of the pandemic. And, therefore, the conversation around it is just more mainstream. COVID has mainstreamed mental health, and the challenges, and the symptoms, and the problems. And there’s a distinct level volume of conversation that’s happening on social media, on Clubhouse, and on Twitter.

Jacqui Chew: [00:52:14] I mean, even at Ted, I spent my lunch time listening and watching a whole panel of iconic TED speakers as part of this thing that Ted puts together. And Monica Lewinsky was there. She’s a huge advocate for mental health and normalizing the conversation around mental health. She shares my vision and my wish that – gosh – I wish that it could be a dinner table conversation, just like diabetes. Like, talking about how’s your dad’s diabetes coming along? How’s he managing it? Is he exercising? I wish we could talk about how’s your brother’s mood disorder coming along? Is he getting his weekly needs? I mean, I would love to see that happen. And I think we are closer. We’re not there, but we’re closer because of the pandemic.

Mike Blake: [00:53:10] I think that’s a great place to put a pin in this and wrap it up. And maybe we’ll do a part two at some point. I only got through about half the questions, but that’s fine. How can people contact you for more information about this, maybe just to share their journey or get your advice?

Jacqui Chew: [00:53:28] Sure. So, I’m active on Facebook. It’s just Jacqui Chew. I’m also active on LinkedIn, also Jacqui Chew. And I have a website, jacquichew.com.

Mike Blake: [00:53:39] Yeah. As you can tell, Jacqui is not an introvert. She is not hard to find. And that’s going to wrap it up for today’s program. I like to thank Jacqui so much for joining us and sharing her expertise with us. And on a side note, frankly, just for having the courage to be this advocate, I am confident that it has helped a lot of people over the way. And I’m equally confident is going to help at least a few listeners to this program.

Mike Blake: [00:54:05] We’ll be exploring a new topic each week, so please tune in so that when you’re faced with your next business decision, you have clear vision when making it. If you enjoy these podcasts, please consider leaving a review with your favorite podcast aggregator. It helps people find us that we can help them. If you like to engage with me on social media, with my Chart of the Day and other content, I’m on LinkedIn as myself and @unblakeable on Facebook, Twitter, Clubhouse, and Instagram. Once again, this is Mike Blake. Our sponsor is Brady Ware & Company. And this has been the Decision Vision podcast.

 

Tagged With: atdc, Bipolar disorder, Brady Ware, Brady Ware & Company, iFusion, iFusion Marketing, jacqui chew, Mental Illness, Mental illness stigma, Michael Blake, Mike Blake, schizophrenia, TEDxAtlanta

Get Known, Get Connected, Get Ahead – An Interview with Michelle Tillis Lederman (Inspiring Women, Episode 31)

April 15, 2021 by John Ray

Michelle-Tillis-lederman-album
Inspiring Women PodCast with Betty Collins
Get Known, Get Connected, Get Ahead - An Interview with Michelle Tillis Lederman (Inspiring Women, Episode 31)
Loading
00:00 /
RSS Feed
Share
Link
Embed

Download file

Michelle-Tillis-lederman-album

Get Known, Get Connected, Get Ahead – An Interview with Michelle Tillis Lederman (Inspiring Women, Episode 31)

On this edition of “Inspiring Women with Betty Collins,” Michelle Tillis Lederman speaks with Betty about why relationships are so vital to success, the seven mindsets of connectors, a mindset of abundance, and much more. “Inspiring Women” is presented by Brady Ware & Company.

Betty’s Show Notes

Michelle Tillis Lederman is a people expert who inspires organizations and individuals to build real relationships and get real results.

We live in a network economy – – it’s all about who you know, who knows you, and what they know about you. But in this remote working, socially distant period in time, connecting has taken on new challenges.

She would be the first to say she is “a recovering CPA,” and now has a company called Executive Essentials. And she has written several books.

We focus on one in particular, The Connector’s Advantage. Connectors think and act a certain way that makes things happen faster, easier, and often with a better result. In the book, and in this is episode, we cover the 7 Mindsets to Grow Your Influence and Impact.

We go in depth on #3, The Abundant Mindset.

She talks about some great key points about why it’s important to keep this mindset, including,

  • stop comparing yourself to others
  • envy and jealousy are normal, and don’t let it take over
  • feel grateful, practice gratitude

Michelle Tillis Lederman

Michelle Tillis Lederman is a people expert who inspires organizations and individuals to build real relationships and get real results. Having worked with organizations large and small, she’s identified the common struggle… it’s people challenges.

Michelle began her journey to training and speaking when she became disheartened by the lack of leadership and communication she experienced in corporate America. She is a recovering CPA who spent over a decade in finance. Michelle’s shift began when she wanted to teach hedge fund advisers how to convince her to invest. Michelle realized she was a teacher at heart, and began designing her own ideal career. It was this change that led her to found Executive Essentials, a training company that provides communications and leadership programs, as well as executive coaching services, to enable others to excel professionally.

Michelle is an accomplished speaker, trainer, coach, and author of four books including The Connector’s Advantage, The 11 Laws of Likability, Heroes Get Hired and Nail The Interview – Land The Job. Named by Forbes as one of the 25 Professional Networking Experts and also a former NYU professor, financial executive, and recovering CPA. She teaches from experience and shares what she learned during her extensive career. Michelle’s clients range from government to academia to non-profit to Fortune 500 companies including Madison Square Garden, Citi, Johnson & Johnson, Ernst & Young, Deutsche Bank, Michigan State University, Columbia Business School, Target, Sony, the NYC Department of Environmental Protection, and The Museum of Modern Art.

Michelle received her BS from Lehigh University, her MBA from Columbia Business School, and her PCC accreditation from the International Coaching Federation. She is certified in the Marshall Goldsmith Stakeholder Centered Coaching method.

Michelle lives in New Jersey with her husband, two sons, and two rescued dogs.

Website | LinkedIn | Twitter | YouTube

TRANSCRIPT

[00:00:00] Betty Collins
Today, we’re going to talk about connection and how do you do that in the world today that has been experiencing and still is experiencing this pandemic? I promise you that we are not going to talk about COVID-19, but I am going to talk with a guest who will leave you inspired to leverage the benefits of this virtual environment, so you can create a personal connection and thrive because we all crave that. There are days I think, by June, we’ll be at events again. Then some days, I go, I don’t know that’s going to be June. We’ve got to learn to do it virtually. We’ve got to learn to still have connection. This guest, I think, is going to do that.

[00:00:39] Betty Collins
I personally struggled … For me, I’m a people person. I get energized when I am around others, whether it’s with work, peers, my family, friends, church, all of that. I love the buzz of my office, especially when it’s full, and everything’s going. Now, I will tell you, I still treasure and very much want to be out there with live events, but we’ll do that in time. I also have learned in the last year, for sure, that I can be energized by an empty house, and a slower pace.

[00:01:13] Betty Collins
Today, we’re just going to talk about how do we make connection? I want to do that. I have an amazing guest today, Michelle Tillis Lederman. She is a people expert who inspires organizations, and individuals to build real relationships, and then get results from that. Having worked with organizations large, and small, she’s identified the common struggle. It’s people challenges. Imagine that.

[00:01:38] Betty Collins
A former pastor of mine used to say his job would be so much easier – imagine, as a pastor – if he didn’t have to deal with people. Well, he wouldn’t be much of a pastor, then, right? Of course, he was kidding, but it was a struggle for him in how did he connect? There’s those of us who are people, and then, there’s people who have to be that, based on what they do.

[00:02:00] Betty Collins
Well, Michelle began her journey to training and speaking when she became disheartened by the lack of leadership, and communication she experienced in corporate America. I am a CPA. She was smarter. She is a recovering CPA who spent over a decade in finance. Michelle’s shift began when she wanted to teach hedge fund advisors how to convince her to invest. Michelle realized that she was a teacher at heart and began designing her own ideal career.

[00:02:28] Betty Collins
It was this change that led her to start Executive Essentials, a training company that provides communication, and leadership programs, as well as executive coaching, and services to enable others to excel professionally. She’s highly respected and endorsed. Michelle lives in New Jersey with her husband, and two sons, and two rescue dogs, which I saw on her website. They’re beautiful. She’s authored a book, The Connector’s Advantage, as well as three others.

[00:02:56] Betty Collins
Today, I want to focus on making the most of this new normal. Michelle, welcome to the program. Thank you for your time today, for being with us. My audience, and I are honored that you’re here to share, give us perspective, and inspire us. First, just give us a little- tell us a little bit about you.

[00:03:14] Michelle Tillis Lederman
Well, thank you for having me on. You already mentioned I’m an animal lover, especially of those rescues. I’m a travel, and adrenaline junkie. I have been to, I think, about 70 countries, at this point, and my kids have already been to 20, and they’re still in their early teenage years.

[00:03:34] Betty Collins
Wonderful.

[00:03:34] Michelle Tillis Lederman
What else about me? I’m 4’10” [crosstalk] piece of information. I love to share those aspects about myself because I always say that people don’t connect about what we do, but what we like to do. If there are scuba divers out there, or anybody’s ever jumped out of a plane, or if you have always had a dream of bottle-feeding a Siberian tiger, which I have, and you can see the pictures on my Facebook page, then we have something to talk about. When somebody says, “Tell me about you,” I don’t tell you about what I do, but I tell you about what I love to do.

[00:04:14] Betty Collins
I always like to start with that question because I want to get the audience to have exactly what you’re talking about. This is who I am; this is what I love to do. I’m also a travel junkie. Love it. I don’t know how many countries I’ve been in, but I absolutely love it. Didn’t get to start til I was about 40. Thankyou for sharing that with us. You’re a recovering CPA. Good for you. Tell us why you went from the CPA to the company – I talked a little bit about it, but let me hear it from your side.

[00:04:46] Michelle Tillis Lederman
It’s interesting, one of the mindsets of a connector that we’ll talk about is abundance. The opposite of abundance is scarcity. Everyone has experienced scarcity in some way, or form, in some part in their life. For me, growing up, there was financial scarcity. We tend to make decisions about our lives as an anecdote to something that was missing, whether it’s like, “Oh, I had a boyfriend that wasn’t affectionate,” then, you get the boyfriend that’s super affectionate, or whatever it might be.

[00:05:13] Michelle Tillis Lederman
For me, going into finance was financial security. There was always going to be a job there. It was good pay, but itwas really about what I was looking for in my life, and what I was good at, but not what I was passionate about. I think a lot of us make those types of decisions, but I was pretty good at it.

[00:05:36] Michelle Tillis Lederman
I was the only woman on a trading floor. I was the only woman on a global venture capital team. It was an interesting place to be, but as the only woman on the trading floor, I was witness to a lot of poor communication, and even worse management. I had people pitching me that they wanted me to invest in hedge funds. I’m sitting there going, “That’s not how you getmy money!”

[00:06:03] Betty Collins
Very good.

[00:06:06] Michelle Tillis Lederman
Really, it started because I was the one who said, “Let me go on recruiting for my accounting firm, and let me teach, and onboard the new hires. I’ll do a class on capital asset pricing model for the newcomers,” because those are the things I loved, and I was trying to fit them into where I was. I think what we need to do, and probably what a lot of your listeners are doing, is designing their ideal.
They’re creating the careers, and the businesses that fulfill that passion.

[00:06:33] Betty Collins
Right, and I can relate to exactly what you’re saying because I went into accounting because I had to choose a major by year three. I’d taken all my classes, and I’m like, “Oh, my goodness.” Accounting was just a job for me, and it could be a good job, and on, and on. So, I can relate to taking the secured path.

[00:06:55] Betty Collins
It took me til I was almost probably 45 to 50 to go through this shift of, no, I’d like to inspire women business owners, and I would like to have a podcast; which, if you told me that 20 years ago … We didn’t really have them … I relate to what you’re saying, in the terms of I’m going to follow a passion; I’m going to go because something in my life happened like lack of communication.

[00:07:19] Michelle Tillis Lederman
The great thing is that you figured it out, and you did it. I figured it out and didn’t do it. I figured it out when Iwas 19, in my sophomore year of college, that I didn’t like it, but I was like, “Oh, it’s too late to change.”

[00:07:31] Betty Collins
Nope, too late … Oh, my goodness. I did figure it out because I went through just a time in my life where I said I want to do something that has impact, and this isn’t it, so I just went down some other path; still stayed in accounting. Fortunately, I’m with a company that allows me to do it. I do understand always taking on something else in accounting that most people don’t want to take on, like, “Can you can you do a podcast for our company?” Most of my CPA people are going to go, “No …”

[00:08:06] Michelle Tillis Lederman
Isn’t that fascinating?

[00:08:07] Betty Collins
It is.

[00:08:08] Michelle Tillis Lederman
You are actually embodying some of the connectors’ mindsets, because I did the same thing when I was still in finance. I went to the CEO of the company and said, “Hey, I’m going to be doing this on the side. I just got appointed to NYU as an adjunct professor.
Here’s the classes they offered me. Which do you prefer I take?”

[00:08:30] Michelle Tillis Lederman
It’s that communication, that relationship, that connection that you had with the organization that allowed you to have the flexibility to do what you want to do and still have that soft landing, that safety net, as you’re building it out. I applaud you for for figuring out that that communication, that relationship can make that difference. For those people who are out there listening, and thinking, “I want to do that. I want to do that, and I’m scared.” Well, what would be your ideal, and how can you make that happen?

[00:09:00] Betty Collins
Right. I’m sure we’ll talk about this as we flow into connection, which, by the way, I bought five of your books on Amazon, on connection, because they treat me so well, and I’m going to give them out to people in my office for our women’s initiative. When I shifted, and decided I’m going to do things that are more about what I would be good at, or like, one of the things was how can I make a connection to my partner, who is this great big audit guy, and tax guy, and they’re energized by the IRS code? How do I make a connection with them?

[00:09:32] Betty Collins
I think that’s why I was really attracted to this subject matter that you have addressed and obviously built a wonderful company on. I don’t really want to talk about COVID-19. Everyone’s tired of talking about it, but it’s a reality. We have this new normal, which has really affected connection, so I would love to open up- just give us some of that insight on this new normal in connection. How did you deal with that over this last year?

[00:10:00] Michelle Tillis Lederman
Absolutely. Social isolation is so detrimental. It is actually more detrimental on your health, and mortality than obesity, or smoking. As you put it out there, it feels like we are all isolated, but I actually think there’ve been some really positive outcomes of this pandemic on connection because, for those that are working, and they’re working virtually, what we have happen is we are getting a window into people’s full lives.

[00:10:34] Michelle Tillis Lederman
A lot of times, we have our work person, and our personal person, and they don’t cross. They have to cross now. There’s no way that they can’t cross. I actually think it’s going to create more empathetic, and more connected cultures in organizations, when we are back in person, because you can’t keep the cat off your keyboard, and the dog from barking, and the kids from all of a sudden … My son came into my husband’s office after being outside for an hour in the freezing cold, and put his hands right on my husband’s face while he was on camera.

[00:11:05] Betty Collins
Of course. It’s what kids do.

[00:11:09] Michelle Tillis Lederman
He didn’t know it … He was just like, “Ahh! I’m going to get him!” There’s this beautiful thing where we have this window, and it is making us feel more connected to those that we work with. We are opening up, and sharing, and being more understanding, so I think there are some really great things that have come out of it.

[00:11:31] Michelle Tillis Lederman
Now, there are, of course, challenges because I’m like you, I am energized by other people. I find that this time has given me the excuse to reach out to those that we haven’t been in touch with, or that we’re tentative to reach out to because it’s pretty simple to just say, “Hey, how you holding up? How’s it going for you?” It might not create a long conversation and maybe it will, but either way, you have just rekindled that connection. I will tell you, I’ve had more backyard, socially distanced barbecues with my friends from college, and my neighbors, and all these people because we’re all seeking that opportunity.

[00:12:17] Betty Collins
Don’t you find that you appreciate it more when you do have interaction, and connection because of this time? I definitely am like, “Oh, my gosh, I get to see you today,” and it’s a bigger deal. I’ve also been more particular about who I see, or even connect with on Zoom. Do you find that that’s a positive thing, that I would narrow down my connection, so I have a better one. Is that a good thing, or a bad thing?

[00:12:47] Michelle Tillis Lederman
There is no good, or bad, really. I don’t want people to think there’s one right way to do things. If what you are doing is working for you, then I applaud it. As long as you are staying connected, then you’re good, if it’s working for you. There is the idea of going deep in certain relationships, or going wide, and it’s a matter of what you need, or want in the moment.

[00:13:13] Michelle Tillis Lederman
When we think about the connector spectrum … Just to give the framework for your listeners, there is a spectrum of connection. You can be a non-connector, emerging, responsive, acting, or you can get to the upper echelons of connectors, people who really prioritize relationships in everything that they do, to the super connector, niche connector, and global super connector.

[00:13:38] Michelle Tillis Lederman
If you want to get to the top, you have to have not just deep connections, but broad connections because it’s that breadth that gives you access to different thinking, up, and down the ladder, and across industry, and across demographics, and geographies. Really, you will find that you can be more innovative with access to varied thinking.

[00:14:04] Betty Collins

Awesome. I love that. I’ll have to think on that. I love the way you said that. Now, let me ask you this. How do we leverage the benefits of a virtual environment to create personal connection in a thriving network?

[00:14:21] Michelle Tillis Lederman
Because the virtual world is just one more channel. When we think about connection, there are so many channels we can connect over. Yes, we have the face to face; we have the large group networks; we have the phone; we have text, and instant messaging, and Instagram, and social media, and we have Zoom, and FaceTime. There’s tons of channels.

[00:14:42] Michelle Tillis Lederman
Really, in this time, we’ve lost a few of those face-to-face options, but we still have all the other channels. I always say the more channels you connect over, the stronger the roots that connection will bind. Let’s use the channels that we have accessible to us. Honestly, the virtual video chat channel, whether you use Skype, or Zoom, or Teams, or FaceTime, the video component is so valuable.

[00:15:13] Michelle Tillis Lederman
I’ve had clients that I’ve coached for six months, never met in person, and have had strong, successful relationships. I had a person working for me – she still works for me; we’re probably going on five years – never met her in person, and she’s like a little sister. It’s because we will connect on screen. We might not be in the same space, but we are in each other’s space, and we’re in each other’s face.

[00:15:39] Betty Collins
Yes. I’ve done this probably almost seven years. I’ve had a women’s conference; Brady Ware has sponsored a women’s conference. We started the first year with 135, and I thought, man, I did such an awesome job, but by year six, we had had 350 people, a national speaker. The whole point of the day – it was about a day and a half – was the connection you got. It was that one on one; it was all my four offices coming to the event, as well as national speakers. You got to meet the panels, you got to do all that thing.

[00:16:16] Betty Collins
When COVID hit in March, we had such an amazing lineup of speakers, and panels, and we had to cancel. That was my defining moment meltdown of I don’t want to do a virtual conference because the connection is the thing, when you’re there – the energy in the room. I really had to learn about how do I leverage the benefit of this time, and moment because we’re going to do the conference this year because it’s too important to do.

[00:16:47] Betty Collins
I’m not going to get to do it in the same way, but I’m going to use the benefits, right now, that we can around us, but it’s hard to do that. It’s so hard for me, but I got to do it because the conference is more important to have than how I want to have it. Does that make sense?

[00:17:04] Michelle Tillis Lederman
I totally get that. I feel you. Let’s put a little twist on it.

[00:17:11] Betty Collins
Okay.

[00:17:11] Michelle Tillis Lederman
I agree. There’s nothing like face to face, and the organic way that connections form, when you’re just mulling about a space, or getting coffee, or in the ladies room line because you always meet people in the ladies room line.

[00:17:25] Betty Collins
Absolutely. Best relationships, right?

[00:17:28] Michelle Tillis Lederman
Oh, my God. I hired somebody at the dog park, but [inaudible] supermarkets, and bathrooms, I meet people all the time. What I would say is there is an advantage to doing it in this virtual format that can really help some people that struggle in those environments, where they find it overwhelming to attend these events, to go up to strangers.

[00:17:51] Michelle Tillis Lederman
When you have to just force them into a breakout room, they don’t have to do it for themselves. When you give them a topic to discuss in that breakout room, when you call on them, you give them a floor, and an opportunity that they don’t necessarily raise their hand to take themselves, but will step into when offered.

[00:18:08] Betty Collins
No, that’s great. Again, thank you for helping me see that. I don’t know why I haven’t seen that side … You are right. Plus, the other thing is I’ll be able to have people from Pennsylvania could be on if they wanted to, versus just central Ohio.

[00:18:25] Michelle Tillis Lederman
Absolutely. That’s another awesome thing is that now people have access so far and wide. I gave a keynote in Australia one day, and I did a keynote in Britain like literally seven hours later.

[00:18:37] Betty Collins

Oh, wow. Of course [crosstalk] you and I still would rather have gone to Australia, right?

[00:18:43] Michelle Tillis Lederman
Oh, for sure. I said next time I’m coming in person, and the whole family’s coming, just saying … It was really fun. I did something in Canada … We’re still being able to bring people together in ways that we weren’t doing it before.

[00:18:59] Betty Collins
That’s a great, great communication to my audience because think of the benefits that are there because of the virtual environment. We have to get our mind set to that. Some of these things will continue on, and we’ll be better for it.

[00:19:13] Betty Collins
In your book – you’ve written a book … Actually, you have four books – The Connector’s Advantage, you talk about the seven mindsets to grow your influence, and impact, and you say it is the strength of your relationships that lead to your success. Let’s talk about those seven mindsets and that strength that you’re talking about. Can you give us insight on that?

[00:19:36] Michelle Tillis Lederman
Absolutely. I can probably talk on this for an hour on its own, so I’ll stop every once in a while, so you can jump back in.

[00:19:43] Betty Collins
Okay, I will.

[00:19:46] Michelle Tillis Lederman
First of all, let me define what I mean by “the connector’s advantage.” Whatever it is that you’re working on, whether it is new job, promotion, starting a business, getting a referral, getting a new client, even health, and happiness, you are going to get there faster, easier, and better through relationships. That’s what the advantage is – faster, easier, better results. Anybody can adopt these attitudes, and mindsets of a connector to reach that same advantage. The seven mindsets are- I’ll list them, and you can tell me which ones you want me to dive into.

[00:20:18] Betty Collins
Okay.

[00:20:18] Michelle Tillis Lederman
Connectors are open, and accepting. They have a clear vision. They come from a place of abundance. Connectors trust. They are social, and curious. They’re conscientious, and they have a generous spirit.

[00:20:32] Betty Collins
Well, I’d like you to do them all, and we could just have an hour together. How’s that? I definitely like the generous spirit, when you said that … What was the first one you said?

[00:20:44] Michelle Tillis Lederman
Open and accepting. Clear vision.

[00:20:46] Betty Collins
Open, and accepting. Let’s talk about open, and accepting. That hit me right off, so let’s talk there.

[00:20:53] Michelle Tillis Lederman
This the foundation is to be open, and accepting. By the way, these seven mindsets are not linear. It’s not like you have to do one, and then you can do the next. They enable each other. To be open, and accepting is not just open and accepting of somebody else. We have a tendency to form conclusions very quickly. That’s a natural thing. It’s not a judgment. It is a necessity because we’re taking in so much information, our minds have to process, and form conclusions very quickly.

[00:21:26] Michelle Tillis Lederman
To be open is to stay open to being wrong. It is to slow your thinking down enough to allow additional information to come in to continue to form before conclusions are made. There’s four questions that I had people ask themselves. By the way, you don’t have to ask all four questions, but if any one of these questions come in your mind, it will slow your thinking down. What I call it is staying in a place of curiosity versus conclusion.

[00:21:52] Michelle Tillis Lederman
The four questions: what don’t I know? If something happens, some situation happens, somebody says something, what don’t I know? The second question is what could be another way to interpret that, or what could be another reason for that? Sometimes, it’s coming up with crazy reasons like why were they late? Well, the obvious ones are they were irresponsible, or they don’t care. The crazy ones could be the body snatchers came and took them the in the pod, and the pod wouldn’t open, and they couldn’t get back in time [crosstalk]

[00:22:25] Betty Collins
That sounds like social media today … Yeah, go ahead.

[00:22:30] Michelle Tillis Lederman
Sometimes, coming up with the crazy reason will slow your thinking down, and say, okay, wait, I don’t know the answer. Let’s see if I can get more information before I decide.

[00:22:41] Betty Collins
Yeah.

[00:22:42] Michelle Tillis Lederman
The third is what if I’m wrong? What’s the impact to the relationship, or to the work? The last one is what am I trying to do right?

[00:22:50] Betty Collins
I’ve come to the conclusion in this last year that I ask more questions than I do just rambling. I ask questions so I’ll have answers, and I love the way those questions flow. You had me at slowing down your thinking. That is a crucial skill set to me. I wish I had that. How do I slow that down so I can make not a judgment, but maybe conclusion’s a better word. That’s just huge-

[00:23:22] Michelle Tillis Lederman
That’s what we do. We just need to slow it down, and that will keep us open. When I do talk about open, and accepting, I’m not just talking about being open and accepting of others. I’m talking about being open, and accepting of ourselves, and of our unique charms, as I call them.

[00:23:40] Betty Collins
I love the fact that you’re almost … I can visualize myself asking these questions in my mind before I say something. I don’t know if that’s-

[00:23:52] Michelle Tillis Lederman
You don’t have to ask them all. Honestly, one, or two of those will slow your thinking down enough to say, “Maybe I need to pose a question to take more information in.”

[00:24:00] Betty Collins
I love that. Now, let me ask you – I know you said, “Tell me the mindsets you want to talk about.” I’m going to ask it this way- what’s the mindset that you probably struggle with the most from your seven?

[00:24:14] Michelle Tillis Lederman
Personally, for me, it’s abundance.

[00:24:17] Betty Collins
Okay, let’s talk about that.

[00:24:19] Michelle Tillis Lederman
Well, we started talking about it a little bit earlier about that anecdote to our life. Because I grew up with scarcity, we tend to be very protective, and defensive. That is a scarce mindset. It was very challenging for me to shift out of that, and it continues to be challenging. It’s a practice to adopt an abundant mindset. Now, let me be clear. An abundant mindset is not Pollyanna. “Everything’s great!” Abundance is about the possibility of it being better than it is, and not even the possibility, but the probability, and to work towards that likelihood.

[00:24:59] Michelle Tillis Lederman
It is a belief. It is about not comparing yourself against other people. That’s one of the habits, and the practices of abundance mindset because there’s somebody who’s always going to do better, and there’s somebody who is always going to do worse, but you really want to compare yourself against what you are working towards, and your goals. It is about understanding that envy, and jealousy are normal feelings, and you’re allowed them.

[00:25:28] Michelle Tillis Lederman
I remember somebody who, she had worked for me, and she got this amazing sports client that I was like, “I am so jealous!” I could have been beating myself up with, “Why didn’t I do that? How come I didn’t get them? How did she get access …?” I could’ve gone down the rabbit hole of beating myself up mentally and being almost resentful. Instead, I was like, “Okay, how can I learn? How did you do that? Do you need somebody else to help you?” I could be happy for her. It doesn’t mean the jealousy wasn’t there, as well, but it had its space, and it didn’t take over.

[00:26:07] Michelle Tillis Lederman
There’s one other habit that has really helped me maintain an abundant mindset, especially during this time of COVID. I know we don’t want to stay on there, but it is a challenging time, and it’s very easy for us to be negative. It’s very easy for us to say this is awful, and that’s awful, and this is going wrong. When people say, “How are you doing?” For the last year, I would exhale – because there is a lot of weight with everything going on – and then, I would say, “Feeling grateful.”

[00:26:35] Betty Collins
Very good.

[00:26:37] Michelle Tillis Lederman
I would list all the reasons why I was feeling grateful, because, you know what? I have kids that are old enough that they can actually help manage their virtual school. I have a space where each kid can be in a closed room and do school, and Ican do my work. We have good internet connection. I have two dogs that are keeping us from being only in the house. I would just list off all those things, and that practice of gratitude is a really great way to adopt that abundant mindset.

[00:27:11] Michelle Tillis Lederman

I’ll give a technique that everybody can adopt, whether you’re in COVID, or not. It’s a little small habit, and there’s two ways to implement it. It’s basically a daily question. You can do it at the dinner table with other people. You can say, “What was the best part of your day,” or “What was the highlight of your day?” Anything like that? I actually have a sign in my son’s room because he tends to be negative. It says, “Today might not be a good day, but there is good in every day.”

[00:27:37] Betty Collins
I like that.

[00:27:38] Michelle Tillis Lederman
My question to him would be, “What was the good in today?”

[00:27:40] Betty Collins
Very good. Boy, I’m so mesmerized listening to you, but I’m supposed to be interviewing you. I’m mesmerized, going, “Yeah, that’s good. That’s good.” How does your son respond when you do that to get that mindset? How does he respond?

[00:27:58] Michelle Tillis Lederman
Well, I stopped asking for highs, and lows, and I stopped asking, “How was your day?” Because he would only tell me the bad stuff. It became a habit of, “Tell me something good first, then, you can tell me everything else,” but just to start with the good. Again, it is a practice. These things don’t necessarily come naturally. We are wired a certain way. That daily question to yourself … It could be other questions. One question I would ask is did I make somebody smile today, or how did I make somebody smile today, or what one kind thing did I do today? Because I would feel good if I did something nice.

[00:28:32] Betty Collins
Very good. Well, I hate the fact that we’re already wrapping up because I could talk to you for a long time. I love where you’re coming from. I’m glad I ordered the book. I’m really excited about it. Learning, just developing the mindsets. I know for myself, through 2020 and going into 2021, which my first podcast of the year was, “It’s 2021. So What?” You know, it’s still the same day, but I’ve learned to separate branches, and twigs.

[00:29:00] Betty Collins
Branches have life rooted to a tree. There’s life there. Twigs are for burning on the fire, and temporary. I’ve learned to separate those, so that I have the right mindset. It’s just worked- it’s worked well for me. I really want to dive into your seven mindsets with the book. Let’s wrap up this way – I’d love for you to give just one takeaway to my audience that you would want them to hear that they will, because hopefully they’ve made it through this long, and they’ll just take that away and chew on it. What would it be?

[00:29:31] Michelle Tillis Lederman
To keep connecting and to keep connected because it will make that difference in not just your professional success, but just how you feel on a daily basis of knowing that you have a network of people there to support you. I will share with you that my family is going through some health issues, and the support that poured in from my community brought me to tears. Build it because- not because you need it, but because it is going to make you happier, and it’s going to make you healthier, and it’s going to be there if ever you do need it.

[00:30:13] Betty Collins
Wonderful. Well, Michelle, I certainly appreciate you coming on today, your time. You’re very busy, but you were so willing to be here with my audience. Again, we are grateful. I did buy your book on Amazon. You do have three other books. Can you give me the titles real quick?

[00:30:32] Michelle Tillis Lederman
Sure. Really, the two books to focus on – my first book was called “The 11 Laws of Likability,” and “The Connector’s Advantage” is actually a follow up to that book, so they go well together. I also wrote two books on interviewing. One is just for veterans. It’s called “Heroes Get Hired.” It’s actually free. Any veteran or their spouse can get that on Amazon, or on my website. The other one’s called “Nail the Interview – Land the Job.”

[00:30:56] Michelle Tillis Lederman
I would love to hear from your audience. They can always find me at my website, which is Michelle Tillis Lederman, and it’s L-E-D-E- R-M-A-N, dot com (MichelleTillisLederman.com) On that site, you can get a free quiz to figure out what level connector you are. I have lots of fun giveaways. If you join my community, you will get a video series; you’ll get free chapters from the books; you’ll get a branding exercise. Got lots of fun stuff. I love to hear how you found me.

[00:31:29] Betty Collins
We will have your bio, and your resources, and your social media places. We’ll have that all connected to this podcast, so that you can learn more about Michelle, and what she does. I am Betty Collins. I’m so glad you joined me today. Inspiring women – it’s what I do, and I leave you with this – being strong speaks of strength, but being courageous speaks to having a will to do more and overcome.

 

Betty Collins, CPA, Brady Ware & Company and Host of the “Inspiring Women” Podcast

Betty Collins is the Office Lead for Brady Ware’s Columbus office and a Shareholder in the firm. Betty joined Brady Ware & Company in 2012 through a merger with Nipps, Brown, Collins & Associates. She started her career in public accounting in 1988. Betty is co-leader of the Long Term Care service team, which helps providers of services to Individuals with Intellectual and Developmental Disabilities and nursing centers establish effective operational models that also maximize available funding. She consults with other small businesses, helping them prosper with advice on general operations management, cash flow optimization, and tax minimization strategies.

In addition, Betty serves on the Board of Directors for Brady Ware and Company. She leads Brady Ware’s Women’s Initiative, a program designed to empower female employees, allowing them to tap into unique resources and unleash their full potential.  Betty helps her colleagues create a work/life balance while inspiring them to set and reach personal and professional goals. The Women’s Initiative promotes women-to-women business relationships for clients and holds an annual conference that supports women business owners, women leaders, and other women who want to succeed. Betty actively participates in women-oriented conferences through speaking engagements and board activity.

Betty is a member of the National Association of Women Business Owners (NAWBO) and she is the President-elect for the Columbus Chapter. Brady Ware also partners with the Women’s Small Business Accelerator (WSBA), an organization designed to help female business owners develop and implement a strong business strategy through education and mentorship, and Betty participates in their mentor match program. She is passionate about WSBA because she believes in their acceleration program and matching women with the right advisors to help them achieve their business ownership goals. Betty supports the WSBA and NAWBO because these organizations deliver resources that help other women-owned and managed businesses thrive.

Betty is a graduate of Mount Vernon Nazarene College, a member of the American Institute of Certified Public Accountants, and a member of the Ohio Society of Certified Public Accountants. Betty is also the Board Chairwoman for the Gahanna Area Chamber of Commerce, and she serves on the Board of the Community Improvement Corporation of Gahanna as Treasurer.

“Inspiring Women” Podcast Series

This is THE podcast that advances women toward economic, social and political achievement. The show is hosted by Betty Collins, CPA; Betty is a Director at Brady Ware & Company. Betty also serves as the Committee Chair for Empowering Women, and Director of the Brady Ware Women Initiative. Each episode is presented by Brady Ware & Company, committed to empowering women to go their distance in the workplace and at home. For more information, go to the Resources page at Brady Ware & Company.

Remember to follow this podcast on Apple Podcasts and Google Podcasts. And forward our podcast along to other Inspiring Women in your life.

The complete “Inspiring Women” show archive can be found here.

Tagged With: Betty Collins, Brady Ware, Brady Ware & Company, connectors, Executive Essentials., Michelle Tillis Lederman, relationships, The Connector’s Advantage

Decision Vision Episode 112: Should I Market with Search Engine Optimization (SEO)? – An Interview with Ian Lurie, Ian Lurie, LLC

April 15, 2021 by John Ray

Ian Lurie
Decision Vision
Decision Vision Episode 112: Should I Market with Search Engine Optimization (SEO)? - An Interview with Ian Lurie, Ian Lurie, LLC
Loading
00:00 /
RSS Feed
Share
Link
Embed

Download file

Ian Lurie

Decision Vision Episode 112:  Should I Market with Search Engine Optimization (SEO)? – An Interview with Ian Lurie, Ian Lurie, LLC

Ian Lurie nerds out, as he terms it, on SEO, considering it both an art and a science. On this edition of “Decision Vision,” Ian and host Mike Blake discussed how SEO impacts a business’s visibility and success, mistakes businesses make with SEO, why good SEO is akin to building an asset, and much more. “Decision Vision” is presented by Brady Ware & Company.

Ian Lurie, CEO of Ian Lurie, LLC

Ian Lurie, LLC provides digital strategy, content, and SEO consulting to small businesses and Fortune 500 companies alike.

Ian Lurie is a digital marketing consultant, SEO, content guy, and overall digital marketing nerd. He has 40,000+ hours of experience in internet marketing. Ian uses both sides of his brain as a content creator, search engine optimization nerd, and data addict. He is a speaker and author as well.

Ian founded Portent, a digital marketing agency, in 1995, and sold it to Clearlink in 2017. He’s now on his own, consulting for brands he loves and speaking at conferences that provide Diet Coke. He’s also trying to become a professional Dungeons & Dragons player, but it hasn’t panned out.

He has a TikTok profile, but his kids are embarrassed by it, so we’ll leave that out.

Company website | LinkedIn

Mike Blake, Brady Ware & Company

Mike Blake, Host of the “Decision Vision” podcast series

Michael Blake is the host of the “Decision Vision” podcast series and a Director of Brady Ware & Company. Mike specializes in the valuation of intellectual property-driven firms, such as software firms, aerospace firms, and professional services firms, most frequently in the capacity as a transaction advisor, helping clients obtain great outcomes from complex transaction opportunities. He is also a specialist in the appraisal of intellectual properties as stand-alone assets, such as software, trade secrets, and patents.

Mike has been a full-time business appraiser for 13 years with public accounting firms, boutique business appraisal firms, and an owner of his own firm. Prior to that, he spent 8 years in venture capital and investment banking, including transactions in the U.S., Israel, Russia, Ukraine, and Belarus.

Brady Ware & Company

Brady Ware & Company is a regional full-service accounting and advisory firm which helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality. Brady Ware services clients nationally from its offices in Alpharetta, GA; Columbus and Dayton, OH; and Richmond, IN. The firm is growth-minded, committed to the regions in which they operate, and most importantly, they make significant investments in their people and service offerings to meet the changing financial needs of those they are privileged to serve. The firm is dedicated to providing results that make a difference for its clients.

Decision Vision Podcast Series

“Decision Vision” is a podcast covering topics and issues facing small business owners and connecting them with solutions from leading experts. This series is presented by Brady Ware & Company. If you are a decision-maker for a small business, we’d love to hear from you. Contact us at decisionvision@bradyware.com and make sure to listen to every Thursday to the “Decision Vision” podcast.

Past episodes of “Decision Vision” can be found at decisionvisionpodcast.com. “Decision Vision” is produced and broadcast by the North Fulton studio of Business RadioX®.

Connect with Brady Ware & Company:

Website | LinkedIn | Facebook | Twitter | Instagram

TRANSCRIPT

Intro: [00:00:01] Welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast series focusing on critical business decisions. Brought to you by Brady Ware & Company. Brady Ware is a regional full service accounting and advisory firm that helps businesses and entrepreneurs make visions a reality.

Mike Blake: [00:00:21] Welcome to Decision Vision, a podcast giving you, the listener, clear vision to make great decisions. In each episode, we discuss the process of decision making on a different topic from the business owners’ or executives’ perspective. We aren’t necessarily telling you what to do, but we can put you in a position to make an informed decision on your own and understand when you might need help along the way.

Mike Blake: [00:00:40] My name is Mike Blake, and I’m your host for today’s program. I’m a director at Brady Ware & Company, a full service accounting firm based in Dayton, Ohio, with offices in Dayton; Columbus, Ohio; Richmond, Indiana; and Alpharetta, Georgia. Brady Ware is sponsoring this podcast, which is being recorded in Atlanta per social distancing protocols. If you would like to engage with me on social media with my Chart of the Day and other content, I’m on LinkedIn as myself, and @unblakeable on Facebook, Twitter, Clubhouse, and Instagram. If you like this podcast, please subscribe on your favorite podcast aggregator, and please consider leaving a review of the podcast as well.

Mike Blake: [00:01:16] So, today’s topic is, Should I market with Search Engine Optimization or SEO? And before we dive into that, you may hear some pauses throughout this podcast. I came down with a touch of bronchitis yesterday. But I’m a lunch pail guy. I don’t have a lot of talent, but I play hard to make sure I stay on the team. So, I think that we’ll get through it. So, if you notice some gaps, that’s just me trying not to blow your eardrums out as I’m hacking something up. But on with the show.

Mike Blake: [00:01:47] So, I want to talk about SEO because I think SEO has sort of fallen to the background a little bit in terms of the common vernacular, and, certainly, it hasn’t gone away by any stretch of the imagination. But I think there’s a lot more chatter right now around marketing, through LinkedIn, and marketing through Facebook, and marketing through YouTube. And, of course, you know, the podcast we do does have marketing value to it. I’m not going to sit here and say that it doesn’t.

Mike Blake: [00:02:19] But, you know, before the advent of social media, really everything was about SEO. It’s all about where are you going to fall in terms and be presented in a search. And what we’re going to talk about today is that, you know, there are lots of sneaky search engines around there that, if anything, have made SEO more pervasive rather than less. But it may have changed.

Mike Blake: [00:02:44] And to be perfectly candid, I have not looked at SEO in a meaningful way, I think, in ten years. It just hasn’t been on my business radar screen personally. But I’m sure it’s on the business radar screens for you guys, at least some of you. And I may learn in this podcast that it needs to be on my radar screen. So, you know, it’s a topic that I think is sort of one of these unsung heroes and one of these topics that’s sort of in the background. And I want to give it the light of day that it deserves.

Mike Blake: [00:03:17] And joining us today is Ian Lurie, joining us from California, who is a digital marketer and with a 25 year intolerance of trendy concepts and nonsense – so a man that is near and dear to my heart. Someone told him to say no to bullshit – I can say that because this is the internet – so he’s trying really hard not to. Ian uses both sides of his brain as a content creator, search engine optimization nerd, and data addict. Ian founded Portent, a digital marketing agency in 1995, and sold it to Clearlink in 2017.

Mike Blake: [00:03:53] He’s now on his own consulting for brands he loves and speaking at conferences that provide Diet Coke. He’s also trying to become a professional Dungeons and Dragons player, but it hasn’t panned out. He has a TikTok profile, but his kids are embarrassed by it – so we’ll leave that out. Ian Lurie, welcome to the program.

Ian Lurie: [00:04:09] Thanks, Mike. If you start coughing, I never shut up so I can always fill in the gaps.

Mike Blake: [00:04:15] Well, good. You’re going to be my human cough bud, so that’s good.

Ian Lurie: [00:04:19] And the other thing is never call someone from Washington, never say that they’re from California. I’m actually based in Seattle, Washington, right now.

Mike Blake: [00:04:27] I beg your pardon.

Ian Lurie: [00:04:28] It’s okay. I just wanted to make clear that, you know –

Mike Blake: [00:04:31] No. I’m glad that you reminded me. I knew that. And you know what? I’m just going to blame it on the Sudafed and Mucinex that I’m on.

Ian Lurie: [00:04:41] Yes. Absolutely.

Mike Blake: [00:04:41] That sort of blanked out on me.

Ian Lurie: [00:04:42] The big difference is we don’t have a basketball team, so just kind of keep that in mind.

Mike Blake: [00:04:49] That is a shame, isn’t it? I’m old school enough that I remember back then they were called the Seattle SuperSonics because of only being in town. But I think you’re supposed to get a team in the next couple of years. If I’m not mistaken, you guys are going to get the next expansion team.

Ian Lurie: [00:05:05] Yeah. Yeah. We’re supposed to win a World Series, too.

Mike Blake: [00:05:07] So, before I get into this, I don’t understand why it hasn’t panned out to become a professional Dungeons and Dragons player. Just do what critical role does, become professional voice actor yourself, get five or six other professional voice actors, get your own studio, and produce a video cast of your game every week, and off you go.

Ian Lurie: [00:05:30] I shouldn’t say it hasn’t panned out. I should say it doesn’t make any money. I could be a professional Dungeons and Dragons player. I’m just not going to make any money doing it. That’s the difference.

Mike Blake: [00:05:44] Fair enough. So, Ian, thanks for coming on the program. You’re a good sport. I like to remind everybody what is exactly search engine optimization?

Ian Lurie: [00:05:56] So, SEO is about improving visibility anywhere anybody searches for anything online. And I suspect we’re going to talk more about this, but Google is the big one. The main thing is, an SEO works to ensure better visibility on any search engine.

Mike Blake: [00:06:19] And you’re right, we’re going to talk about this a little bit later so I don’t want to get ahead of myself. So, instead, what I want to do is I want to draw the line between SEO and something called search engine marketing. Is SEM still a thing? And if it is, what is the difference between the two? How are they related? How are they different?

Ian Lurie: [00:06:38] So, SEM is definitely still a thing. There used to be a big argument about whether SEO is part of SEM or not. But, now, as the accepted definition is that SEM is paid search advertising. You, actually, are paying by the click. It’s an auction of some kind where you say to Google, or Bing, or Amazon, or whoever, you’re going to pay X number of dollars every time someone clicks on your ad. And in exchange for that, you will be positioned in a certain place in those paid ads. There’s a lot of bits to it. There is an algorithm that helps.

Ian Lurie: [00:07:10] But with search engine optimization, you are not paying Google, nor can you pay Google to improve your rankings. There’s no way to influence those rankings by sending money to Google. You can send it to me. I’ll do my best. But Google will not accept money in exchange, nor will Bing, nor will Amazon, or anybody else.

Mike Blake: [00:07:34] And you say that in kind of an interesting way. So, they will not accept money, I mean, is it a matter of principle because they’re trying to keep their search engine optimization engines and the reputation clean and they just want to create that clear delineation? Or they just haven’t figured out how to monetize it that way yet?

Ian Lurie: [00:07:51] Well, paid search ads, search engine marketing, that is how they monetized it. Because the paid ads show up above and below the organic results, the unpaid results. That is why Google can now buy and sell the entire planet any time they want, is because businesses everywhere pay them by the click to occupy real estate that surrounds – what we call – the organic results. The results where you can’t pay. The results that you influence through SEO.

Ian Lurie: [00:08:21] Google won’t accept money for those, in part, because they want to maintain their credibility. And Bing is the same. They want to maintain their credibility as a search engine, in part, because the antitrust lawsuits would ramp up that much faster. And in part, because, I think they want to deliver good results. And results that are based on paying by the click can be good. And as I said, Google and Bing have algorithms that try to make sure that you place ads that will satisfy the user, but it’s not quite the same as a completely organic algorithmic search result. And, by the way, tell me if I’m nerding out too far, too fast here. Just say interesting or something and I’ll stop and I’ll rewind.

Mike Blake: [00:09:05] Well, I’ll tell you what, I’ll blink three times if that happens.

Ian Lurie: [00:09:09] Okay. All right.

Mike Blake: [00:09:09] But I think this is great because I do think that even if you’re not a tech, if you’re going to make an informed decision about this stuff, you need to have at least a remedial knowledge of how this works. Because, otherwise, you don’t really know what you’re spending money on. You don’t know if you’re spending it on the right team, on the right technology, on the right processes. And that’s no good.

Ian Lurie: [00:09:33] Another way to look at it is, if you do the right things for SEO, there’s a certain amount of a flywheel. This guy, Andy Crestodina, a colleague of mine who’s way smarter than me, talks about how SEO is a sailboat and SEM is a rowboat. So, to some extent, you still have to maintain the sails and everything. But to some extent, the wind keeps you going. You don’t have to keep pouring money into ads.

Ian Lurie: [00:10:00] SEM, you can accelerate whenever you want, you can turn whenever you want, but it requires constant energy to keep it going. So, each has an advantage. But that’s probably the biggest difference. You will always pay for SEO, but you will not pay for every single person who comes to your site. You will not pay more because you’re getting more traffic from organic search.

Mike Blake: [00:10:21] That’s really interesting. So, in the terms of a finance nerd like me might understand, SEO is more about building an asset, whereas, SEM is paying for a service.

Ian Lurie: [00:10:31] Yes. Yeah. That’s a very good way to put it. SEO, I always used to call it an annuity, which I probably just mangled it. But you’re putting money in, you’re investing in it, and you will steadily get a return. Whereas, SEM is much more you’re paying for something that you’re going to get right then and you must continue to pay for it if you want to continue to get it.

Mike Blake: [00:10:54] And of course – I shouldn’t say, of course – but it seems to me that the notion of ad retargeting on social media, that’s really just a cousin or on the family tree of SEM, correct?

Ian Lurie: [00:11:06] It’s another form of paid media. I mean, if we go back before the internet, there was earned media, which is the ability to get a cool story written about you in the newspaper or wherever. And then, there’s paid media, where you buy a T.V. ad or something like that. Paid social advertising is paid media. Getting someone to say something wonderful about you in social media is earned media. And it’s the same with search, organic search SEO is about earned media, paid search. SEM is about paid media.

Mike Blake: [00:11:35] So, the next question, which is an important question, but I think it’s hard even for somebody like you to answer, because I suspect the answer is so expansive. But what are the elements of SEO? What are the things that – I know I used to go into SEO. I don’t even know if those things are relevant anymore. But as of today, 2021, what are the elements that go into it to make it work?

Ian Lurie: [00:11:58] So, I can give you three elements that never change, and I can give you a few details about each one. So, search engines require visibility, relevance, and authority. Visibility is about ensuring that a search engine can find you and crawl your website. So, it’s just making sure that Google, Bing, whoever, can actually get through your content. If you’re on YouTube, it’s making sure that your content is rendered sufficiently well that YouTube can figure out what’s there. So, that’s visibility, it’s just making sure that computers can see “your content”.

Ian Lurie: [00:12:34] Relevance is making sure that search engines, whatever they are, can understand what you’re talking about and match you up with whatever the query is. So, visibility is making sure you’re available. Relevance makes sure that it makes sense. Authority is all about – and everyone talks about links – links are part of it, but depending on the search engine, it may also be sales per click. It may be shares and likes and plays, whatever. But authority is the measure of how important you are compared to other folks in your space.

Ian Lurie: [00:13:09] Visibility is all about technology. It’s making sure that your site – that’s where I would have to nerd out pretty deeply – but it’s about how your site is built and delivered. Relevance is about content, how you say it, how you structure your site. Authority is about how many people see and care about what you do and say. So, those are the three basics. The tactics involved, we could spend a week, so I’ll stop.

Mike Blake: [00:13:35] Okay. Maybe if we have time we’ll come back to that. But that segues nicely into the next question, which is, when we think of SEO, I think now most of us think of Google. Now, I’m of a certain age and I think you are, too, that we remember such names as Web Crawler, Lycos, AltaVista, Ask Jeeves. Google didn’t use to be a thing, right? But I think there’s a temptation to think that we only now have one, or maybe two search engines if you think Yahoo! is still relevant, I’m not sure it is. But, certainly, Google is out there. But my impression is that search engines have simply migrated into different platforms haven’t they?

Ian Lurie: [00:14:21] Yeah. I mean, Google still dominates the planet. But YouTube is the second biggest search engine on the planet. Amazon is probably number three. Bing is number four. And understand, Bing has five to ten percent of the market, but that’s five to ten percent of everything. Right? That’s a big five to ten percent.

Mike Blake: [00:14:40] I’m surprised it’s that high.

Ian Lurie: [00:14:42] This is just for me looking at client data. Some of my clients get only one percent or two percent of their traffic from Bing. Some get as much as 15 to 20 percent. But most of them are in the five percent range. Google, obviously, is still the biggest generator of traffic, and YouTube is owned by Google. If you sell a product, though, on Amazon, obviously, Amazon is the search engine that you care about. So, there’s more to it than Google. But, yeah, Google dominates the landscape.

Mike Blake: [00:15:12] Is there a search engine that you’re aware of on the Apple side of ecosystems?

Ian Lurie: [00:15:18] Apple is building a search engine. So, we’ll see. Hopefully, it goes better than Apple Maps when it launched.

Mike Blake: [00:15:25] It couldn’t go worse.

Ian Lurie: [00:15:26] Yeah, it couldn’t go worse. I am skeptical. And, again, we can do another podcast about this, but I’m skeptical about Apple’s ability to seize a large part of the market. I think that they can grab Apple users to some extent. But as much as I love to talk about it, we are a very small slice of the population.

Mike Blake: [00:15:46] Yeah, me too. I’m a Mac user and Apple mostly through our ecosystem too. But as you mentioned, I kind of wonder if they’re kind of too late to the party like they were with Homepod. Homepod could have been a player in the home automation market, but I think you’re too late. And I think they’re probably five years too late in the search engine area, unless they just come up with something that just blows you away somehow.

Ian Lurie: [00:16:16] I mean, again, this is going to sound terrible, but it can’t be Safari versus Chrome, right? They’ve got to do something better than that. So, we’ll see. I mean, Apple, in my opinion, is great at certain things. And we’ll see if they can match up with a company whose sole purpose in the universe is to build a great search engine. That’s going to be the biggest obstacle they’re going to face.

Mike Blake: [00:16:41] So, as I mentioned at the top of the program, I looked into SEO quite a bit a decade ago. I have not paid that much attention to it. You’ve been in it for pretty much your whole career in some form or fashion. How has SEO changed since the last time I looked at it, say, around 2010, to today in early 2021?

Ian Lurie: [00:17:05] So, there’s really two big changes, one nerdy and one not. The non-nerdy one is how much more complicated the search results have become. Google and Bing have a lot more search features in them now. So, if you do a search result, you’ll see like a box at the top. Sometimes it has the shortest answer to your question. Google or Bing may be pushing in some kind of scraped result or tool. So, like, if you try to do a speed test right now of your internet connection on Google, instead of just showing you speedtest.net, there’ll actually be a box that shows up that let’s you use Google to do the speed test. If you ask, “How do I cook pancakes?” You’ll actually get a recipe at the top of the page.

Mike Blake: [00:17:44] That’s true. Yeah, I hadn’t noticed that. That’s very subtle. But you’re right.

Ian Lurie: [00:17:49] And it’s a subtle way, again – hopefully, not many people from Google listen to this. I’m a fan of a lot of people at Google – that Google is attempting to become a publisher instead of a search engine and keep you on Google at all times. It’s basically the real estate dedicated to what used to be called the 10 blue links. The traditional search results has become smaller and smaller. All of those search features, like that answer box, those are still part of a search engine and you can optimize for those locations, but search has changed.

Ian Lurie: [00:18:24] Now, the nerdier side is, of course, Google and Bing have both gotten – but Google in particular – much better at understanding language. Google’s ability to understand a query, what you really mean when you search for something in the context of other searches you’ve made and other searches other people make, has grown by leaps and bounds. Their ability to figure out the true meaning of words on a page has also grown by leaps and bounds.

Mike Blake: [00:18:50] I agree. And, in fact, this show is very much a beneficiary of that. Because the reason that we retitle our shows as questions is because Google now allows and really encourage you just to simply type out a question. And that’s been a big hit. And I don’t want to steal a thunder away from our producer, it’s really John Ray who thought of it. But I think we kind of stumbled upon it. We didn’t really know that. But once we figured it out, we discovered that we were drawing a much larger audience from Google, from search engines just by that tweet.

Ian Lurie: [00:19:29] Mm-hmm. Well, you know, you remember Ask Jeeves, right?

Mike Blake: [00:19:33] I do.

Ian Lurie: [00:19:33] And their whole thing was you could just ask it a question. Well, guess what?

Mike Blake: [00:19:38] And in fact, I believe it was Google who bought Ask Jeeves, if I’m not mistaken.

Ian Lurie: [00:19:41] I think so. Yeah. I’m not sure.

Mike Blake: [00:19:43] At that time they’re ask.com, I think, or something like that.

Ian Lurie: [00:19:46] Yeah. That’s right. But the complexity of results, I think, is the most obvious change for the average person. Just how much more stuff there is that shows up on the page.

Mike Blake: [00:19:57] Yeah. And I guess getting into that, too, because it used to be that the search engines would pretty much just bring you to other web pages. Now, they’re bringing you podcasts. They’re bringing you video clips. They’re bringing you social media fragments. So, the universe of things to be searched and the format of the results is vastly expanded too. I think, suddenly, because of this conversation, I’m gaining in admiration for just how deep this technology has gotten in such a short period of time.

Ian Lurie: [00:20:31] Yeah. I have a genuine nerdy admiration for it. And as a marketer, I have a grudging admiration for it. And as a free speech advocate, I have a grudging respect for it.

Mike Blake: [00:20:47] So, my impression – and correct me if I’m wrong – and one of the reasons I kind of stepped away from SEO is that, it seems like an all or nothing game. That, you’re either at the top of a search engine results or you’re just nobody, nowhere to be found. Is that true? Was that ever true and I just didn’t get it? And if it’s not true, how can that kind of be nuanced? And I say that in this context, that, my impression of SEO is that, in many cases, it’s not just a pay to play, it’s a pay to win game. And if you don’t have a certain budget, why bother? Because if you’re a retail store and you’re in there with Walmart, you’re just not going to be able to match them dollar for dollar. So, that’s a long preamble to the question of, if you can’t match your competitors dollar for dollar for SEO, is it still worth doing?

Ian Lurie: [00:21:42] So, that’s a two part question. The first one, is it a zero sum game? And the answer is, if you look at one term, it’s a zero sum game. But smart SEO doesn’t focus on one term. It focuses at an enormous number of terms, some of which you don’t even optimize necessarily for most of the individual search phrases. That’s that visibility part. And that relevance part is, make sure that your site is visible so that Google and Bing can crawl it and find all the stuff. And then, work on relevance first to make sure that Google, Bing, YouTube, whoever, can figure out what you’re talking about in this stuff. And you will start to rank for things.

Ian Lurie: [00:22:25] Everyone can’t optimize for everything. Even Walmart can’t optimize for everything. So, if you do it right and you’re persistent, you will probably match up with them at some point because you will start to rank for terms that they simply miss.

Mike Blake: [00:22:40] Go ahead.

Ian Lurie: [00:22:40] The other real quick thing is, companies like Walmart are very good at certain kinds of SEO. But what they’re terrible at is changing and fixing things. And I have some wonderful clients that are very large, and I shouldn’t say they’re terrible at it. They are not structurally built to make rapid change. There are many things where they have to be much more deliberate.

Ian Lurie: [00:23:06] So, if you are a smaller organization, a small business, one advantage you have is that you can make changes and adjust much more quickly. If you want to become more relevant for a particular concept, you could theoretically put together stuff and publish it much more quickly. You could do a set of videos much more quickly because you don’t have to go through legal, and a marketing team, and a branding team. If you have a visibility issue on your site and you need to change something in WordPress or change something in the way your videos are done, you don’t have to go through a whole IT team. At most, you’ve got to go on Upwork and hire a developer to fix it for you. It’s a much quicker process.

Mike Blake: [00:23:47] Okay. So, that’s really interesting, and I think it gives hope to our listeners. I don’t think any of them are working for Walmart at a high level. And it leans actually nicely into the next question, which is, how much of this is art and how much of this is science? If I’ll just direct this to you, Ian Lurie, do you distinguish yourself as somebody who sort of understands SEO from a different angle, a different perspective, maybe from other SEO experts. And, therefore, there’s a potential for creative differentiation that you can find those search terms that others might be missing, or those other tags, or other SEO elements that others are missing, and, therefore, creates sort of an outsized performance for the client.

Ian Lurie: [00:24:41] So, I flatter myself by thinking that I have a foot in both the left and right brain sides of this. So, I do work on the technical stuff quite a bit on visibility, and that’s much more science. And I work on the relevance and authority side, which is much more art. There is science involved with relevance and understanding how machines process language. But, ultimately, Google and Bing do not give us a manual regarding their algorithms.

Ian Lurie: [00:25:15] So, no matter how much science you apply, at some point, you are making highly educated guesses and doing a lot of research and thinking about what your audience is going to best respond to as one way to generate a positive outcome in SEO. So, it’s a little bit of both. I’m not going to try and suggest that I’m even among the best at SEO. There are a lot of amazing SEOs out there. But that is what a lot of folks bring to SEO. It’s why I love it. Because I come from a creative background and both my parents are scientists or a liberal arts background and both my parents are scientists. Being able to put those two things together is a professional paradise for me.

Mike Blake: [00:26:03] Yeah. So, my impression and you’re starting to dispel it, but I want to drill a little bit deeper because I think this is really interesting and relevant. We had a guest on a few weeks ago, his name is Adam Houlahan, and he’s one of the top experts on LinkedIn. And he actually has a bank of people under his employ whose sole job is to understand the nature of LinkedIn algorithms so that he can then help his clients monetize their own LinkedIn presences better. Do people do something like that with search engines as well to try to understand it or glean their algorithms better or somehow reverse engineer it? And if so, is that even a useful thing?

Ian Lurie: [00:26:56] I don’t want to start a nerd fight, but when I ran my agency, I had teams of people who also did their best to understand the Google algorithm. But you can no more confirm and scientifically prove how the LinkedIn algorithm works than you can the Google algorithm. I just got to put that out there.

Mike Blake: [00:27:15] I think in fairness, you can say that he could prove it. I think just simply said that they were able to run tests that led data to ease you in a certain direction.

Ian Lurie: [00:27:25] Yeah. And you can do the same thing with Google to some extent. And it pays to chase the algorithm a little bit. But there are those three basic rules of visibility, relevance, and authority. And you don’t need to understand the algorithm to understand those. Now, knowing the algorithm can help you avoid some kind of tricks that people recommend, the tactics that don’t really work but make people think they work. And knowing the algorithm can also help you figure out that there are certain things that are more important on a page than others. You know, a good title tag, writing really well as opposed to repeating the same keyword 52 times on the page. That’s where understanding the algorithm can really, really help.

Mike Blake: [00:28:19] Now, there was a time when entrepreneurs and small businesses could effectively put into place some kind of useful SEO. And maybe I’m talking about 20 years ago or 15 years ago. Has SEO simply grown up so much that maybe that’s no longer feasible? Or are there scenarios where somebody could plausibly apply some DIY, maybe with a little bit of effort and learning, to raise the SEO effectiveness of their own web presence?

Ian Lurie: [00:28:56] I think you absolutely can. I worked with a lot of really, really small clients. A lot of it is relative, like, maybe you’re not going to compete with Walmart, but maybe you can triple your organic search traffic. SEO is DIY. No matter how big your organization is, eventually you have to look to visibility, relevance, and authority. And someone’s going to have to make those changes.

Ian Lurie: [00:29:23] So, again, you’ve got some advantages as an individual or a really small business as much as you don’t have an IT team. That also means you don’t have to worry about IT resource constraints. You know, somewhere along the way, you can find someone to help you work on that site. Creating content, you have less time, maybe you don’t have a team to do it. On the other hand, it’s going to come directly from the person who knows most about it. So, you’re probably going to create the best content on a particular topic. So, you absolutely can DIY it. And, in fact, it’s easier to compete in the SEO world than in the SEM world.

Mike Blake: [00:29:56] And I think that’s right. Before I joined Brady Ware, I guess, about three-and-a-half years ago now, I had my own company, Arpeggio Advisors. Now, I was pretty active in terms of creating content for that website. And I’m in a niche business valuation and so forth, so, fortunately, I didn’t have that many competitors online. But even with the modest amount of content that I create, I might have had like 30 pieces up there or something. I think even at least two years after I stopped using the website entirely, it’s still ranked in the top five for business valuation firms in Atlanta.

Ian Lurie: [00:30:36] Again, it’s an annuity, right? You don’t have to buy inventory. You’re not paying constantly for advertising. Stuff you write now will probably pay off later. Videos you record now will pay off later. So, yeah. No, that totally makes sense to me.

Mike Blake: [00:30:53] I’m going off script a little bit here, and I’m also sort of cornering you in a little bit of free advice while I’m doing a podcast interview, but I think others will benefit too. Is there a kind of a minimum amount of content you have to shoot for before you start getting some leverage behind your SEO?

Ian Lurie: [00:31:14] No. Usually, the biggest obstacle I find for clients is visibility, not relevance. And any content is better. Steady growth is very important. And stuff that’s truly useful for your audience. So, if you sell running shoes, writing 52 articles about the history of the running shoe is probably not as important as two really good articles on selecting and sizing the best running shoe. So, I would always look to that.

Ian Lurie: [00:31:50] Assuming you could produce great content, more is always better. But none of us have infinite resources. So, I was just going to say, you also have to remember that everything you have on your site is content, product description, service descriptions, descriptions of what you do, case studies. Everything is content, so optimize what you got first.

Mike Blake: [00:32:12] So, this brings up – and you touched on it earlier, but I think it’s such an important point, I want to underscore it – that SEO is a commitment, right? One of the things I’m curious about whenever I have these conversations is, who shouldn’t do it SEO? And it sounds like somebody who shouldn’t do SEO is somebody who isn’t willing to kind of make the commitment into the flywheel to initiate the flywheel, sort of apply at least some minimum momentum to keep it going. If you really just want a one-off step, then just go over to the SEM side.

Ian Lurie: [00:32:47] I mean, probably you already can tell I have opinions. Don’t invest in SEO if you don’t want to grow your business. And that sounds like really cheesy marketing speak, and I’m not coming at it from that direction. Again, investing in SEO starts with visibility. If you’re not willing to make the investment in a website that a search engine can easily crawl and index, then I would say you’re probably at a point where you’re not really investing in your online business. And I’m not saying that that is a choice. And I’m not saying that’s wrong. It’s all about context. But if you’re investing in a quality website and you’re spending time on quality content, including product descriptions, then you’re already investing in SEO. So, you should definitely do it.

Mike Blake: [00:33:41] So, we’ve probably covered this indirectly, but I want to make it explicit. What is the most common mistakes you see being made with SEO?

Ian Lurie: [00:33:55] Websites that are invisible in some way, especially folks who hire developers who say that they know SEO and then build a site that is completely invisible to search engines. Quantity over quality is the most common SEO issue. I see hiring someone for $5 a blog post to write 200 blog posts, Google has actually specifically put together algorithms that hammer sites like that now.

Mike Blake: [00:34:23] Oh, really?

Ian Lurie: [00:34:24] Oh, yeah. Oh, yeah. So, quantity over quality is a mistake. Attempting to manipulate lengths and gain links in manipulative ways is another common mistake. But the biggest one is that initial investment, it’s how you build your site. And this is, unfortunately, the hardest part for a business owner to understand and grasp because it requires technical expertise. And it’s not fair that a business owner should have to understand that. But there is a little bit of caution when you’re building the site. And I’m not talking about a beautiful design, which is great. I’m talking about just basic functional, useful website infrastructure.

Mike Blake: [00:35:10] I mean, does that go into the architecture of the site too? Is that SEO managing, for example, site bounces which can include just people being frustrated with a poorly functioning site and they throw their hands up and go someplace else.

Ian Lurie: [00:35:23] Yeah. I mean, bounce rate is a hard one because sometimes a high bounce rate means people are getting exactly what they want. The Portent blog, my old agency, had an 88 percent bounce rate. But that was because people found the article, got what they wanted, and left. But bounce rate is an important one of site performance. Ignoring the SEO side, just paying attention to one of the indications of quality of your site. If it takes five seconds or ten seconds for a page to load, that’s a problem. Does your site work on mobile? Does it offer really good experience on mobile? Is all the same content visible on mobile? Those are all important things as well.

Mike Blake: [00:36:05] I’m glad you mentioned those two things because I wanted to get into that just a little bit. So, you do think that mobile is important? Sort of what I’ll call mobile desktop parity is important.

Ian Lurie: [00:36:17] It is no longer a parity. Google has said that they are shifting to a mobile only index. Meaning that if content is not visible on mobile, they will not index it. We’re not accessible on mobile, they will not index it.

Mike Blake: [00:36:30] Wow. Okay.

Ian Lurie: [00:36:31] Yeah. They talked about mobile first for a long time, but there was a minor nerd riot on Twitter because it became clear that Google is actually moving to mobile only.

Mike Blake: [00:36:44] That is interesting. So, I mean that’s a big learning point for our audience, is that, you know, ignore mobile at your peril because it can effectively invalidate all your other SEO.

Ian Lurie: [00:36:59] I mean, anyone building you a reasonably good website should be building a site that offers a really good mobile experience. If it does not, then – I’m sorry this is another opinion of mine – but you should not be paying them to build your website.

Mike Blake: [00:37:15] I mean, do the the Squarespace’s and the Wix’s of the world, are those templates reasonably mobile friendly?

Ian Lurie: [00:37:23] Some of them are very mobile friendly. You need to test the templates. But, you know, it is all about the template. And, yes, some of them are great.

Mike Blake: [00:37:34] Okay. So, how long does it take to kind of see results from improved SEO performance? Is it a right of way? Do you have to kind of wait a few weeks, a few months?

Ian Lurie: [00:37:50] In the SEO industry, the going joke is the phrase, it depends. Because almost any question you ask can be answered that way. And it does depend. If your site has a technical problem, a visibility problem, it is possible that when you fix it, you will see results very quickly because Googlebot and Bingbot will suddenly be able to crawl your content. On YouTube, if there’s something that was just preventing your content from appearing, obviously, you fix it and you see results right away. If you have a different issue, if there’s a relevance challenge, something like that, it could take quite a bit longer. And there’s this subtle, messy in-between space where you’re probably looking at, you know, anywhere from weeks to months to move up. So, if you think about the sailboat analogy, it takes some time to get going.

Mike Blake: [00:38:41] Yeah. Okay. Now, in terms of web functionality, I think there are websites out there that you can basically put in your domain and they’ll issue a report that talks to you about your web functionality, accessibility, broken links, et cetera. Are those useful kind of self-help diagnostics or do you really kind of need to bring somebody in who’s an expert to test your website for you to figure that out?

Ian Lurie: [00:39:06] It depends on the tool. Most of the free diagnostics are not terrific. There are companies out there like Moz and folks like that that offer decent diagnostics. But all that stuff has to be taken in context. Those tools will give you objective measurement of things that you’re doing. And they don’t necessarily understand your industry. They don’t understand your own resource challenges. They don’t understand the history behind the building of your site.

Ian Lurie: [00:39:32] And just so you know, you can send me questions and I will not charge just to answer basic questions. I would recommend talking to someone who knows something about this stuff. And always keep in mind visibility, relevance, authority. Keep it that simple in your mind. If you’re looking at your site and you see an issue that is affecting visibility, if you think it’s very difficult to figure out what a page is about, those are problems and you need to think about them. If it’s very hard to find a piece of content on your site, that’s a problem you need to think about it. So, there’s a lot you can do. Use those tools, but be very careful when you look at their feedback.

Ian Lurie: [00:40:12] Also, the stronger the sales pitch after you run the tool, the more suspicious you should be. And if the tool requires that you register before you get the report, don’t use it. Sorry. I have a lot of friends who will get mad at me, but just don’t. Just because I’ve built those myself, and I’m telling you right now, I’m only giving you one tenth of the story.

Mike Blake: [00:40:32] Well, I mean, clearly, they’re simply lead generation funnels or something else. We’re talking with the Ian Lurie of Ian Lurie LLC. And the topic is, Should I market with Search Engine Optimization or SEO? We’ve touched on this a little bit, but I want to make this clear. And that is, my impression is that at the end of the day, if it’s my website, I still don’t really own that real estate. Google does for all intents and purposes. And, therefore, I shouldn’t necessarily expect to have 100 percent control over my SEO outcomes. It doesn’t entirely depend on what I do, is it or does it? Is there, in fact, a perfect algorithm, perfect conversation, perfect combination, perfect best practices? Or if I do everything right, that I’m just almost guaranteed success?

Ian Lurie: [00:41:30] Patience definitely makes a big difference. You know, consistent application of good tactics makes a difference. But in the end, algorithms change, Google changes. I’m always telling clients – because I don’t just do SEO – to diversify channels as much as they can, diversify search engines as much as you can, and understand applying the right tactics and strategies will help you. And it will get you consistent and consistently improving results.

Ian Lurie: [00:42:05] But in the end, it is Google’s world and we live in it. And to some extent it’s true with Bing as well. There are things you can do to perform better within those algorithms. But we will never have complete control over it.

Mike Blake: [00:42:21] Again, the boat analogy, I think, seems to apply because I can control what I do on the boat, but I can’t control the current and I can’t control the wind.

Ian Lurie: [00:42:30] Yeah. You can take best advantage and you can position yourself to take best advantage of the wind, and the currents, and the weather. And even in a rowboat, you’re still somewhat subject to them, but you can do your best to be ready and to capitalize.

Mike Blake: [00:42:48] So, let’s say that somebody in our audience – I hope somebody in our audience – is now thinking they want to up their SEO game and they feel like they need help from somebody like you to help them do that. How do you find somebody that’s really good? I guess the question is, are there any credentials, any special training, or degrees that people normally get to demonstrate their command of the SEO world? Is there anything like that? And if so, which are the ones that clients ought to be looking for?

Ian Lurie: [00:43:26] I’m a history major. I was a history major, so there’s definitely no degrees. I actually think a lot of it is about ability to explain what you’re going to do and why it matters. There is no credentialing. There is no good credential out there. There is no good certificate out there, partly because it evolves so quickly, partly because we don’t know the algorithm, and partly because I just haven’t seen a good credentialing system. And it’s been tried in our industry many, many times.

Ian Lurie: [00:43:55] But find someone who can explain what they’re going to do and why it matters. Truly explain it, like it makes sense to you. Not saying, “You need more links because”. But explain why. You know, “I would like you to make this change to WordPress because” and make it make sense. If they can’t do that, I would be concerned. And then, look at whether you’re comfortable with that person. Because you’re hiring a consultant or a consulting agency like you hire any other consultant or consulting agency. You need to be able to work with them and you need to want to work with them.

Ian Lurie: [00:44:33] Unfortunately, that’s the best I can do. The two danger signs are, if someone tells you that they know someone who used to work at Google or they have some kind of inside track, there is no such thing. And the other one – you may want to edit this one out – if they are making a big deal out of the fact that they have a credential from somewhere, that makes me a little bit nervous. And maybe they’re legit, but it makes me a little nervous because it’s impossible to be credentialed for something when there are a couple of hundred algorithm updates every single year.

Mike Blake: [00:45:15] Well, first, whenever somebody says you may want to edit this out, that guarantees we’re not going to edit it out.

Ian Lurie: [00:45:21] Well, that’s why I didn’t say it before.

Mike Blake: [00:45:23] It’s too juicy. It’s too juicy. But, I mean, look, it’s not unfair. In my industry, we do have professional credentials. And while I do think they have some meaning, I tell people that if there are people have a bunch of letters after their name that I would not trust to do a valuation of a lemonade stand. And there are people who are completely uncredentialed that are very competent business appraisers that can do a great job for you. And credentials are fine, but at the end of the day, all the credential really says is that, “I passed a series of exams and I paid to take those courses. I’m current on the annual fee. And I haven’t done something so egregious as a professional that they’re taking it away from me.”

Ian Lurie: [00:46:11] They threw me out.

Mike Blake: [00:46:12] That’s it.

Ian Lurie: [00:46:14] Yeah. A big difference with SEO and a lot of marketing is, there has never been an accepted curriculum that will make you good at SEO or really good at marketing. And that makes it even more difficult. And by the way, I have a law degree, too. I never practiced. But there is a certain set of things you must learn to be minimally qualified to be an attorney. And those things, to some extent, can be quantified because you took the bar and you passed it.

Ian Lurie: [00:46:42] With SEO, it is far more difficult. Even as a technical SEO, it’s difficult. You can look at what I know about websites and computers and how websites work. And assuming you can actually understand any of what I talk about – and I’m not saying that you don’t understand it because you’re dumb. I’m saying you don’t understand it because you actually have a life. Even assuming you could understand it all, that doesn’t mean that I’m establishing my qualifications as a consultant. So, it is very similar in a lot of ways. And in some ways, it’s even more difficult because there is no primary credentialing body for SEO and there may not be for decades.

Mike Blake: [00:47:22] I want to go back and underscore the I know a guy at Google kind of thing. You know, I would imagine the reason that cannot possibly be true is because Google will fire and then sue anybody that is disseminating information about their algorithm, because that’s a trade secret. And that person will be blackballed from their job, from that industry, and they’ll be paying Google for the rest of their lives.

Ian Lurie: [00:47:48] Yeah. I mean, there’s that. There’s also, I’m pretty sure Google plants some kind of explosive in people’s brains when they leave. People at Google don’t become SEOs. People who truly understand the ins and outs of the algorithm don’t become SEOs. Try to prove me wrong. I dare you. You will not.

Ian Lurie: [00:48:14] I can hire someone who worked at Google, but they’re not search engineers, because they’re the ones who signed the non-competes and the nondisclosures and the non-everything else. So, it’s very unlikely I’m going to find someone from Google who’s going to truly give me an advantage as an SEO.

Mike Blake: [00:48:33] Well, even if you did, how long before their knowledge becomes obsolete? Six months maybe?

Ian Lurie: [00:48:39] There’s that too. Yeah, there’s that too. You know, things evolve awfully quickly, and it might be a couple of years, but at some point their knowledge will become obsolete.

Mike Blake: [00:48:50] You want to become a professional Dungeons and Dragons player, well, what [00:48:55] edition? [00:48:56] If you’re a first edition player, your knowledge is not going to be that useful in fifth edition.

Ian Lurie: [00:49:03] Well, and then, of course, now that there’s the internet, there’s new rules and things for Dungeons and Dragons coming out on a daily basis. So, even somebody who works at Wizards of the Coast, the company that makes it, they cannot give you all the secrets of Dungeons and Dragons.

Mike Blake: [00:49:16] No. That’s right. Ian, this has been a terrific conversation. And I learned stuff and I’m very confident the audience has learned some very valuable things. If people want to contact you for more information, either to ask a question we didn’t cover or go into more depth than something that we did, how can people best contact you?

Ian Lurie: [00:49:36] So, you can reach me, just email me directly. It’s ian, I-A-N, @ianlurie.com. Or just send me a tweet just @ianlurie. Either one of those works. My last name by the way is L-U-R-I-E, I can barely spell it.

Mike Blake: [00:49:52] Very good. Well that’s going to wrap it up for today’s program. I’d like to thank Ian Lurie so much for joining us and sharing his expertise with us.

Mike Blake: [00:50:01] We’ll be exploring a new topic each week, so please tune in so that when you’re faced with your next business decision, you have clear vision when making it. If you enjoy these podcasts, please consider leaving a review with your favorite podcast aggregator. It helps people find us that we can help them. If you like to engage with me on social media with my Chart of the Day and other content, I am myself on LinkedIn, and @unblakeable on Facebook, Twitter, Clubhouse, and Instagram. Once again, this is Mike Blake. Our sponsor is Brady Ware & Company. And this has been the Decision Vision podcast.

 

Tagged With: Brady Ware, Brady Ware & Company, digital marketing, digital strategy, Ian Lurie, Michael Blake, Mike Blake, search engine marketing, search engine optimization, SEM, SEO, SEO consulting, seo optimization

  • « Previous Page
  • 1
  • 2
  • 3
  • 4
  • …
  • 9
  • Next Page »

Business RadioX ® Network


 

Our Most Recent Episode

CONNECT WITH US

  • Email
  • Facebook
  • LinkedIn
  • Twitter
  • YouTube

Our Mission

We help local business leaders get the word out about the important work they’re doing to serve their market, their community, and their profession.

We support and celebrate business by sharing positive business stories that traditional media ignores. Some media leans left. Some media leans right. We lean business.

Sponsor a Show

Build Relationships and Grow Your Business. Click here for more details.

Partner With Us

Discover More Here

Terms and Conditions
Privacy Policy

Connect with us

Want to keep up with the latest in pro-business news across the network? Follow us on social media for the latest stories!
  • Email
  • Facebook
  • Google+
  • LinkedIn
  • Twitter
  • YouTube

Business RadioX® Headquarters
1000 Abernathy Rd. NE
Building 400, Suite L-10
Sandy Springs, GA 30328

© 2025 Business RadioX ® · Rainmaker Platform

BRXStudioCoversLA

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of LA Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversDENVER

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Denver Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversPENSACOLA

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Pensacola Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversBIRMINGHAM

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Birmingham Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversTALLAHASSEE

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Tallahassee Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversRALEIGH

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Raleigh Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversRICHMONDNoWhite

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Richmond Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversNASHVILLENoWhite

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Nashville Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversDETROIT

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Detroit Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversSTLOUIS

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of St. Louis Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversCOLUMBUS-small

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Columbus Business Radio

Coachthecoach-08-08

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Coach the Coach

BRXStudioCoversBAYAREA

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Bay Area Business Radio

BRXStudioCoversCHICAGO

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Chicago Business Radio

Wait! Don’t Miss an Episode of Atlanta Business Radio